You are on page 1of 331

ZAMIL OFFSHORE SERVICES CO.

LTD
SHIPBUILDING AND SHIP REPAIR DIVISION

HSE DEPARTMENT
MANUAL
(Revision: 1)
Title:
HSE Department Master List Page 01 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-LST - 001
Document Class: Level- 1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

HSE Department Master List


Document
S/No Contents Revision Page Number.
Number.
01 HSE-LST-001 HSE Master List 1 01-02
02 HSE-LST-002 HSE File List 1 03-05
03 HSE-GDL-001 Introduction 0 06-08
04 HSE-GDL-002 HSE Scope 0 09-11
05 HSE-POL-001 HSE Department Policy 1 12
06 HSE-OBJ-001 HSE Department Objective 0 13
07 HSE-LST-003 HSE Auditors List 0 14
08 HSE-GDL-003 ZOSCO Organization Chart 1 15
09 HSE-GDL-004 HSE Department Organization Chart 1 16
10 HSE-PRC-001 HSE Risk Assessment & Risk Control 0 17-27
11 HSE-GDL-005 Environmental Aspects & Impacts 0 28-38
12 HSE-GDL-006 Job Safety Analysis 1 39-46
13 HSE-PRC-002 HSE Legal And Other Requirements 1 47-62
14 HSE-GDL-007 Objectives, Targets And Program(S) 0 63-69
HSE Resources, Roles and Responsibilities &
15 HSE-GDL-008 ZOSCO HSE Resources, Roles and 0 70-80
Responsibilities Chart
16 HSE-PRC-003 Competence, Training And Awareness 1 81-93
17 HSE-GDL-009 HSE Communication 0 94-98
18 HSE-GDL-010 Documentation 0 99
19 HSE-GDL-011 HSE Control Of Documents 0 100-104
20 HSE-GDL-012 HSE Operational Control 0 105-118
21 HSE-PRC-004 Personnel Protective Equipment 1 119-127
22 HSE-PRC-005 Confined Space Entry Procedure 1 128-147
23 HSE-GDL-013 Welding & Cutting Procedure 1 148-155
Title:
Page 02 of 329
HSE Department Master List
Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-LST - 001
Document Class: Level- 1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Document
S/No Contents Revision Page Number.
Number.
24 HSE-GDL-014 Lifting 1 156-179

25 HSE-GDL-015 Fire Protection & Prevention 1 180-192

26 HSE-GDL-016 First Aid Procedure 1 193-205

27 HSE-PRC-006 Work Permit Procedure 1 206-216

28 HSE-GDL-017 Stop Card Procedure 1 217-221

29 HSE-PRC-007 Fuel Oil Transfer Procedure 0 222-225

30 HSE-GDL-018 Docking & Undocking 1 226-229

31 HSE-GDL-019 Isolation Of System 1 230-237

32 HSE-GDL-020 Scaffolding Procedure 1 238-248

33 HSE-GDL-021 Emergency Preparedness & Response 0 249-266

34 HSE-GDL-022 Performance Measurement And Monitoring 0 267-269

35 HSE-GDL-023 Evaluation Of Compliance 0 270-271


36 HSE-GDL-024 Corrective & Preventive Action 0 272-273
37 HSE-GDL-025 Accident / Incident Investigation Report 1 274-289
38 HSE-GDL-026 HSE Abbreviations 1 290
39 HSE-GDL-027 HSE Management Review Procedure 0 291-292
40 HSE-GDL-028 HSE Meeting 1 293-324
41 HSE-PRC-008 HSE Control Of Record Procedure 0 325-326
42 HSE-PRC-009 HSE Internal Audit 0 327-329
Title:
Page 03 of 329
HSE Department File List
Revision: 1

Document Class: Level- 1 Document No: HSE-LST - 002

Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

S/No File No Title Rev Page No.


HSE Hazard Analysis, Assessment, control Recovery
01 HSE -FMT-001 0 24-25
Measures.
02 HSE -FMT-002 Risk Assessment Form 1 26-27

03 HSE -FMT-003 Environmental Aspects & Impacts 0 36-37

04 HSE -FMT-004 Pollution Control Report 0 38

05 HSE -FMT-005 Job Safety Analysis (JSA) 1 46

06 HSE -FMT-006 Disciplinary Record 1 54

07 HSE -FMT-007 Violation & Punishment 1 55

08 HSE -FMT-008 Safety Award 1 56

09 HSE -FMT-009 HSE Objectives & Target Evaluation 0 69

10 HSE -FMT-010 HSE Training & Evaluation 0 88

11 HSE -FMT-011 Suggestion Record 0 98

12 HSE -FMT-012 Master Document Register 0 102

13 HSE -FMT-013 Register of Document Change 0 103

14 HSE -FMT-014 Document Distribution List 0 104

15 HSE -FMT-015 Operational Control (Waste Management) 0 117

16 HSE -FMT-016 Operational Control Record 0 118

17 HSE -CHK-001 PPE Check List 1 126-127

18 HSE - CHK-002 Atmospheric Monitoring Gas 1 145

19 HSE -FMT-017 Radiography Permit 1 146

20 HSE -FMT-018 Confined Space Work Entry Permit & Work Permit 1 147

21 HSE - CHK-003 Lifting Form 1 171

22 HSE -REC-001 Stop Record Sheet 1 220

23 HSE -FMT-019 Work Stop Form 1 221

24 HSE -FMT-020 Isolation System Certificate 1 236-237

25 HSE - CHK-004 Scaffolding Checklist 1 248

26 HSE -FMT-021 Drill Schedule & Log 1 261-262


Title:
HSE Department File List Page 04 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-LST - 002
Document Class: Level -1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

S/No File No Title Rev Page No.

27 HSE-FMT-022 Evaluation of compliance / Legal Requirements 0 271

28 HSE-FMT-023 Accident Investigation Report 1 286

29 HSE-FMT-024 Incident Report 1 287-288

30 HSE-FMT-025 Incident Investigation Report 1 289

31 HSE-FMT-026 Weekly HSE Meeting 1 300-301

32 HS -FMT-027 Monthly HSE Meeting 1 302

33 HSE-FMT-028 Pre – Job Safety Meeting 1 303

34 HSE-FMT-029 Safety Observation Format 1 304

35 HSE-CHK-005 Area Audit Form 1 305-310

36 HSE-CHK-006 Sea Trail Check List 1 311-312

37 HSE-FMT-030 HSE Induction Class 1 313

38 HSE-FMT-031 Completion Report 1 314


Daily safety Inspection Report for Marine yard
39 HSE–CHK- 007 1 315
(Night Shift)
40 HSE–CHK- 008 Fire Appliances 1 316

41 HSE-CHK-009 Fire Equipment in Zamil Shipyard 1 317

42 HSE-FMT-032 Daily Fireman Distribution List 1 318

43 HSE-FMT-033 HSE Drill 1 319

44 HSE–CHK-10 B.A Set Pressure Test Report 1 320

45 HSE-FMT-034 Duty Manager Format 1 321

46 HSE-FMT-035 Internal Job Request form 1 322

47 HSE-FMT-036 Tool Box Meeting 1 323

48 HSE–FMT- 037 Fire Incident Investigation Report 1 324

49 HSE -REG-001 HSE Training - -

50 HRD-FMT-009 Internal Memo - -

51 SRD-PRC-001 Work Order - -

52 HSE -GDL-001 Fire Plan - -


Title:
Page 05 of 329
HSE Department File List
Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-LST - 002
Document Class: Level- 1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

S/No File No Title Rev Page No.

53 HSE -GDL-002 Ship Repair Crew Responsibilities - -

54 WRH-FMT-002 Requisition For HSE Dept. - -

55 FILE NO. 001 Calibration Certificates of Gas Monitor - -

56 FILE NO. 002 HSE Legal Documents File - -

57 FILE NO. 003 Fire Extinguisher Calibration & Certificate

58 FILE NO. 004 First Aid Report

59 FILE NO. 005 First Aid Plan

60 FILE NO. 006 Evacuation Plan - -

61 FILE NO. 007 External Document - -

62 FILE NO. 008 Security Time Sheet. - -

63 FILE NO. 009 Catering File - -

64 FILE NO. 010 Quotation File - -

65 FILE NO. 011 CV’s File. - -

66 FILE NO. 012 Medical Gulf - -

67 FILE NO. 013 Gate Pass - -

68 FILE NO. 014 P.O Delivery - -

69 FILE NO. 015 Port Emergency Plan - -

70 FILE NO. 016 Receiving Material - -

71 FILE NO. 017 Night Shift Duty Roster - -

72 FILE NO. 018 Daily Fireman Attendance - -

73 FILE NO. 019 Daily Fire Pump Inspection Report - -

74 FILE NO. 020 Fire Extinguisher for Tug Boat - -

75 FILE NO. 021 Certificate for Fire Extinguisher - -

76 FILE NO. 022 Observation Report - -

77 FILE NO. 023 New Shipyard Document - -


Title:
Introduction Page 06 of 329

Revision: 0
Document Class: Level-1 Document No: HSE-GDL - 001
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

A- Introduction

Zamil shipbuilding & ship repair is one of the significant ship building & Ship repair
yards on the Arabian gulf. It first started its activities in the ship repair in 1977 & achieve
the milestone to go for the shipbuilding in 2002.Zamil Shipbuilding & Ship Repair has
more than 30 years of experience in ship repair. The yard's highly skilled workforce and
available facilities enable it to undertake any repair or conversion job, survey work,
regular hull and engine servicing, and damage repair. Facilities exist for complete
overhauling and reconditioning for all types of vessels up to 200 meters in length. Zamil
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair is proud to offer highly professional, competitive ship repair
services to all ship owners and marine operators in the Arabian Gulf and the Middle East
with guaranteed turnaround time, using highly skilled and professional task force.

A- Shipyard Facilities

WS No. Name Main Functions


1 Steel store Main Storage for Steel plates and Profiles 2000 m^2
Hull Fabrication and Assembly. Steel outfitting – 21,000
2 Steel Treatment
M^2
3 Piping shop Fabrication of Pipe Spools and pipe support, 1750 m^2
Blasting and Painting Sections. Painting of Steel
4 Blasting & Painting Shop
outfitting and pipe, spools, 1751 m^2
Machining and Ship Equipment Over Haul and Machining.
5
Mechanical Workshop Machining, 875 m^2
Electrical work, AC Machinery preparation and
Electrical. A-C, and
6 Fabrication of Ducting Maintenance of Shipyard
Maintenance Workshop
Equipment, Machinery and Vehicle
Carpentry Work and Insulation Work (including thin
7 Carpentry Workshop
steel covering material)
Title:
Introduction Page 07 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 001
Document Class: Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

B- Transfer Area:

The Transfer area of the Shipyard will be able to accommodate 6 vessels for Repair
and additionally has 3 positions for New Buildings. All these 9 positions will be
furnished with DPs for Utilities (electrical connection, compressed air, fresh water
and fire water. The repair positions have also been furnished with connection points
for cooling water in/out of ships). Further, the Transfer Area allows for two
additional Repair Positions in the Sideways Transfer Area. All repair / new-building
areas are connected by rails to enable the ns Transfer System to transport ship
from/to Ship Lift in longitudinal and sideway directions.

C- Ship Lift:
• Length 102.00 meters
• Width 32.00 meters
• Capacity of Hoist to Lift Ship Lift Platform, 9.000 metric tons
Support of Ship (including Trolley System if required), and the Ship itself.
• Nominal Lifting Capacity when docking, 5.417 metric tons
directly on Trolley Transfer System in Fluid Bed Mode.

D- Quay Side:
The efficient length of the Quay Side will be
• North - South Main Quay: 534.00 meter - 62.30 meter = 471.70 meters
• 2 x Ship Lift Pier Length @ 85.00 meters = 170.00 meters
• on north side of the shipyard in east-west direction = 100.00 meters
• Total Quay length = 741.70 meters
Title:
Introduction Page 08 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 001
Document Class: Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Zamil Ship Yard Boundary Layout


Title:

Page 09 of 329
HSE Scope
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 002
Document Class: Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

1. Scope
The ZOSCO’s project of ship building & ship repairing located in Dammam Port
boundary in a 200,000 M QHSE management system is strutted & formulated
based on the needs & experience gained the years in ZOSCO LTD & the industry.
The HSE management system is established to ensure the HSE procedure &
instructions are developed, implemented, revised & audited in conformance with
ZOSCO LTD. Own standards & requirements, industry requirement & the
requirements of the client.
ZOSCO LTD. Management shall review, updated & monitor the HSE
Management system, to ensure system effectiveness & efficiency, the HSE System
shall be revised following new legislation, innovations & emerging new
requirements in the industry.
2. Responsibilities & Quality
a. Supervisor:
The word supervisor shall men persons having a degree of responsibility for
the actions of others. In whatever capacity the supervisor is a very important
part of the management team QHSE Committee.
b. Line Manager:
Head of the Department / Section, for the most part in shall include
department Manager, Overseas Base Manager & Section Head.
c. Safety Plan:
The safety plan is a layout / drawing indicating the location, type & number
of equipment that may be required in life saving operation, Safeguard of
Health Safety & Environment & in dealing with emergency situations.
d. Emergency drill;
The emergency drill is a simulation of a given emergency situation to test
the work location, preparedness & the level of personnel response to the
emergency situation. Emergency drill should be held of each type of
emergency & log kept recording drill date, time & worker involved.
Title:

HSE Scope Page10 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 002
Document Class: Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

3. QHSE Responsibility

a. Top Management:

 ZOSCO LTD. Top management shall provide good working


conditions & well maintained units with adequate safeguard &
competent supervision.

 Top Management shall policies, standards, procedures & instructions


required for safe & efficient operation shall to the extent possible,
ensure that all employees are aware of & trained to the required HSE
standards applicable at all work location.

b. Employee Level;

 Each employee shall be responsible for his own safety & the safety of
his colleagues through adherence to proper work procedure, use of
correct tools & equipment, maintenance of housekeeping at his work
area, use of the correct PPE for the job & reporting of unsafe act &
condition to his supervisor.
 Each employees shall familiarize himself with his work location, tools
& equipment. Safety equipment, safe passages, emergency exits & his
role in case of emergency. If in doubt, the employee should refer to
hid immediate supervisor.

4. Managing QHSE:

 ZOSCO LTD. According to all our contacts is an independent


contractor. As such the safety of ZOSCO LTD. & all personnel is our
responsibility irrespective of whatever operation is taking place on the
site.
Title:

HSE Scope Page 11 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 In order to operate efficiently on safety all times with this


responsibility, it is essential that clearly designed organizational body/
structure takes charge & ownership of this responsibility whether at
the work locations or at the Head office.

 Communication lines authorities & responsibilities should be clear for


personnel making part of that organizational structure.

 One integrated organizational structures have been established to


carry out this responsibility. These are derived from the normal
ZOSCO LTD. Organization chart & follow the same lines of authority
& responsibility.

5. Management HSE Committee

 ZOSCO LTD Management HSE Committee is the body that reviews


ZOSCO LTD. HSE procedures, standards, results & new
requirements within ZOSCO LTD & in the industry.
 The ZOSCO LTD. General Manager chairs the Management HSE
Committee, will all department managers & superintendents being
members.
 The committee shall convene once every 6 months to review HSE
performance for the previous period & actions taken for outstanding
items by designated personnel.
 New issues shall be discussed in the committee meetings, & action
parties designated.
 Minutes of Management HSE Committee meetings shall be
distributed to all ZOSCO LTD. Work locations to communicate
decisions & actions taken to all concerned parties.

See chart (1/1) for Management HSE Committee organization.


Title:

HSE Department Policy Page 12 of 329


Revision: 1

Document Class:Level-1 Document No: HSE-POL - 001


Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

HSE Policy ‫ﺔﺋﯾﺑﻟاو ﮫﯾﻧﮭﻣﻟا ﮫﺣﺻﻟاو ﺔﻣﻼﺳﻟا ﺔـﺳﺎﯾﺳ‬


The Zamil Marine Services, which works in ship building ‫عﺎطﻘﺑ لﻣﻌﺗ ﻰﺗﻟاو ﮫﯾرﺣﺑﻟا تﺎﻣدﺧﻠﻟ لﻣازﻟا ﺔﻛرﺷ نإ و ءﺎﻧﺑ‬
and repair to serve the Arab Saudi Arabia and the Gulf ‫ﺞﯾﻠﺧﻟا ﺔﻘطﻧﻣو ﮫﯾدوﻌﺳﻟا ﮫﯾﺑرﻌﻟا ﮫﻛﻠﻣﻣﻟا ﺔﻣدﺧﻟ نﻔﺳﻟا حﻼﺻا‬
region and the Middle East sector believes that concern
‫ﺔﺣﺻﻟاو ﺔﻣﻼﺳﻟاو ﺑﺎﻟﺑﯾﺋﺔ مﺎﻣﺗھﻻا نﺄﺑ نﻣؤﺗ طﺳوﻷا قرﺷﻟاو‬
for the environment and occupational health and safety
‫ﺔﻧﻣآو ﺻﺣﯾﺣﺔ ﮫﻘﯾرطﺑ لﺎﻣﻋﻻا ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ءادﻷ سﺎﺳﻷا وھ ﺔﯾﻧﮭﻣﻟا‬
is the basis for the performance of all jobs correctly and
safe.
‫ﻰــﺗﻵﺎﺑ مزـﺗﻠﻧ ﺎـﻧﻧﺈﻓ‬:
We are committed to the following :
1. Protect Environment from all kinds of pollution -1 ‫ﻊﯾﻣﺟو ﺎﮭﺟرﺎﺧو ﺔﻛرﺷﻟا لﺧاد ثوﻠﺗﻟا نﻣ ﺔﺋﯾﺑﻟا ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ‬
inside the company and outside and all external ‫ثوﻠﺗو هﺎﯾﻣﻟا ثوﻠﺗو ءاوﮭﻟا ثوﻠﺗ لﺛﻣ ﺔﯾﺟرﺎﺧﻟا ﻊﯾرﺎﺷﻣﻟا‬
projects such as air pollution, water pollution, land ‫ ﺧﻔﺿﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ لﻣﻌﻟاو ﻰﻌﻣﺳﻟا ثوﻠﺗﻟاو ضرﻷا‬.
pollution and audio pollution and keep them always
at lowest level. -2 ‫نﯾﻠﻣﺎﻌﻠﻟ ﺔـﯾﻧﮭﻣﻟا ﺔـﺣﺻﻟاو ﺔـــﻣﻼﺳﻟا تاءارــﺟإ عﺎـﺑﺗا‬
2. Adopt procedures of safety and vocational health for ‫ﻰﺋﯾﺑﻟا ﻰﻋوﻟا رﺷﻧ ﻣﻊ ءﻼﻣﻌﻟاو‬.
both employees, and customers besides continual
-3 ‫ﺔﺻﺎﺧﻟا تﺎﻌﯾرﺷﺗﻟاو ﺔﯾﻧوﻧﺎﻘﻟا تﺎﺑﻠطﺗﻣﻟا ﺑﻛﺎﻓﺔ مازﺗﻟﻻا‬
awareness of environmental.
‫ﺔﺋﯾﺑﻟا و ﺔﯾﻧﮭﻣﻟا ﮫﺣﺻﻟاو ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻼﻣﮫ‬. -4
3. Comply with relevant health & safety and
‫دﯾﺷرﺗ ﻋﻠﻰ لﻣﻌﻟاو ﻰﺋﯾﺑﻟا ثوﻠﺗﻟا ﻊﻧﻣو رﻣﺗﺳﻣﻟا نﯾﺳﺣﺗﻟا‬
environmental legislation, regulations. ‫ ﺔﻛرﺷﻟا لﺧاد ﺔﻗﺎطﻟا‬.
4. Continual improvement and prevention of pollution
and energy rationalization inside the Company. -5 ‫ﺔﻣﻼﺳﻟاو ﺔﺣﺻﻟا ﻋﻠﻰ رﺎطﺧﻷا ﻓﻰ مﻛﺣﺗﻠﻟ ﺔﯾﻓﺎﻛﻟا ﺔﺑﻗارﻣﻟا رﯾﻓوﺗ‬
5. Provide adequate control of the health and safety ‫لﻣﻌﻟا ﺔطﺷﻧأ نﻋ ﺔﻣﺟﺎﻧﻟا‬.
risks arising from our work
Activities. -6 ‫نﯾﻔظوﻣﻠﻟ بﯾردﺗﻟا و فارﺷﻻاو تﺎﻣﯾﻠﻌﺗﻟاو تﺎﻣوﻠﻌﻣﻟا رﯾﻓوﺗ‬.
6. Provide information, instruction, supervision and
training for employees. -7 ‫ﺔﯾﺣﺻو ﺔﻧﻣآ لﻣﻋ فورظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺔظﻓﺎﺣﻣﻟا‬.
7. Maintain safe and healthy working conditions.
8. Prevent accidents and cases of work-related ill -8 ‫لﻣﻌﻟﺎﺑ ﺔطﺑﺗرﻣﻟا ﺔﯾﺣﺻﻟا ضارﻣﻷاو ثداوﺣﻟا ﻣﻧﻊ‬.
health.
9. Review and revise this policy as necessary at regular -9 ‫ﺔﻣظﺗﻧﻣ تارﺗﻓ ﻋﻠﻰ ةرورﺿﻟا دﻧﻋ ﺔﺳﺎﯾﺳﻟا هذھ ﺢﯾﻘﻧﺗو ﺔﻌﺟارﻣ‬.
intervals
10. Set practicable HSE objectives , and monitor -10 ‫ﺔﻌﺟارﻣو ﺔﺋﯾﺑﻟاو ﮫﯾﻧﮭﻣﻟا ﮫﺣﺻﻟاو ﻟﻠﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﯾﮫ فادھأ ﻊﺿو‬
performance against them on an annual basis ‫ﺎﯾوﻧﺳ ﺎﮭﻘﯾﺑطﺗ‬.
Title:

HSE Department Objective Page 13 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-OBJ - 001
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 01-Mar-2016

HSE Department Objectives

 ZOSCO is conducting its activities within a well-defined strategy that


aims to achieve high standard of work quality without any environmental
impact, providing the most protective measures for personnel equipment,
material and property and the community in which we work as well.

 Achieving such objective in a comprehensive and complete yearly system,


ZOSCO would:

OHS Objectives
 Maintain employee’s interest in safety to protect them against
accidents and injury risks and their physical condition.
 Keep and maintain work sites healthy and accidents free.
 Insure relevant information for all parties and training on the best ways
to handle unsafe conditions.
 Make all employees ready to face emergency cases and
accidents to minimize consequences and/or damage.
 Commitments and values of the ZOSCO HSE Policy.

Environmental Objectives

 Significant Aspects analysis identified through the organizations Aspects


and Impacts assessment.
 Improve performance in reducing energy consumption
 Improve performance in reducing water consumption
 Obtained Air quality and Noise level.
 Reducing the environmental impacts associated with transport &
handling
 Use the best means and measures for environmental protection.
Title:

HSE Auditors List Page 14 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-LST - 003
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

List of Internal Auditor of ISO 140001

S. NO. NAME POSITION

1 ALAA ELDIN ABDEL HADY TAWFIK MOSTAFA QA/QC MANAGER (A)

2 MOSTAFA FAWZY ABDALAZIZ MOHAMED SAFETY MANAGER

3 ALAA MOHAMED IBRAHIM ELFEKY QA ENGINEER

4 ALAA ABDEL RAZIK ALI AHMED MOUSTAFA WELDING TECHNICAL ENGINEER

5 ABDELKADER IBRAHIM IBRAHIM AHMED MAINTENANCE ENGINEER

6 SHADY ELSAYED MAHMOUD MOHAMED FAHMY SHIP BUILDING COORDINATOR

7 MAHMOUD GAMAL HAMED ABOUELROUS OPERATION ENGINEER

8 MOHAMED ELSAYED MOHAMED METWALLY HULL ENGINEER

9 SHAIK REHAN ALI HR

10 MOHAMED KHAMIS IBRAHIM ISMAIL QA CONTROLLER

SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT


11 GHAYOOR AKBAR
SUPERVISOR

12 MOHAMMED NAZRUL ISLAM SAFETY SUPERVISOR

13 SUTHAN JOSEPH SAMUEL RAJAN HEALTH SUPERVISOR


Title:

Zamil Organization Chart Page 15 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 003
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

President

Managing
President
Director

Executive General
Manager

IT & Communication SafetyHSSE


Manager Finance Manager
Manager Shipyard Manager

Jeddah Shipyard Safety Officer Chief Accountant

Ship Repair Manager Maintenance Q.A /Q.C Production Engineering Ship Building Planning
Manager Manager Manager Project Manager Manager Manager

Invoicing Supervisors Q.C Engineers Superintendents Department Heads Project Coordinators Planning Engineers
QA Engineer

Ship Foreman Department Heads


Coordinators Technical Engineers
Supervisors
HR / Administration Procurement Warehouse
Production Department Head Manager Head
Supervisor Engineers
Inspectors Draftsman

Foreman Supervisors HR / Administration Purchasing Material


Staff Clerk Controller
Foreman
Title:

ZOSCO HSE Dept. Organization Page 16 of 329


Chart
Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 004
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

ZOSCO HSE Department Organization Chart

Eng. Mostafa Fawzy


HSSE Manager

HSE Supervisor
Security Supervisor
First Aider

HSE Foreman

Safety Equipment
Security Supply Supervisor

Fireman
Title:

HSE Hazard Identification, Risk Page 17 of 329


Assessment & Risk Control
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 001
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.3 Planning
4.3.1 Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment & Determining Control
 Introduction

ZOSCO undertake to identify and assess the risks that may arise from their
work activities, the consequence of which may affect their employees, visitors,
and contractors, members of the public or other persons. This process will also
assess the risk to work equipment, property and premises.

 A hazard is defined as something with the potential to cause harm


 A risk is defined as the likely hood that harm will occur and its severity

 Definition
A Hazard identification, Risk Assessment & Risk Control is careful
examination of what is the wok could cause harm to people so that, can
weigh up whether taken enough precautions or should do more to prevent
harm.
Hazard- anything that can cause harm (e.g. Chemicals, ladder, welding….)
Risk- the chance high or low that somebody will be harmed by the hazard.
 Procedure

Hazard Identification

One of the most important aspects of risk assessment is accurately


identifying the potential hazards in the workplace. Each task step or group 0
steps should be reviewed by the team preparing the JSA to identify
associated Hazards/Threats. These Hazards should be listed per the task step
to provide link.
. These Hazards identification shall be based on the knowledge of the team
preparing the JSA, the company data base (when available), reference
documents & other safety Management System reference.
Title:

HSE Hazard Identification, Risk Page 18 of 329


Assessment & Risk Control
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 001
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

. The team identifying the hazards should be preferably having people with
Knowledge & skills to perform the job in addition to personnel who have
Been trained on the use of JSA.
. Potential hazards that can generate from each step of the process shall be
listed to ensure that JSA team is aware of them & enables the team to focus
on major hazards in the process.

The following can be used to assist in identifying hazards.

Incident Reports.
Previous JSA.
Health, Safety & Environmental protection.
Pollution Control.
A description of safety measures involved in the process.
Drawing/sketches covering the system/equipment to be worked on must give
all necessary details.
Additional information that could be available in manufacturer manual or
safety bulletins received from other units using the same equipment or
applying the same or similar process.
List types of events possible such as fire, explosion, and release of gas,
pressure release, equipment failure or contact to extreme heat of electrical
current.
Estimate safety, health & environments effect on the work site & surrounding
areas.
Look back the accident and ill-health records - these often help to identify the
less obvious hazards.
Take account of non-routine operations (e.g. maintenance, cleaning
operations or changes in production cycles)
Remember to think about long-term hazards to health (e.g. high levels of
noise or exposure to harmful substances)
Inspections, walk around the workplace and look at what could reasonably be
expected to cause harm.
Title:

HSE Hazard Identification, Risk Page 19 of 329


Assessment & Risk Control
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 001
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Ask the employees or their representatives what they think. They may have
noticed things that are not immediately obvious to you.
Routine activities (normal work processes and job tasks).
Non-routine activities like shift work.
Remember to think about long-term hazards to health (e.g. high levels of
noise or exposure to harmful substances) as well as safety hazards.
 Human Behavior and other human factors – this may include negligent
work practices, psychological factors that affect employees.
Changes to work procedures, such as work instructions, that must be
communicated to ensure safety requirements are fulfilled. This will become
applicable when there is a non-adherence to work methods and procedures.

(There are some hazards with a recognized risk of harm, for example working at height,
working with chemicals, machinery, and hot works. Depending on the type of work have
to do the hazard identification.)

3.2 Performance and frequency

ZOSCO will conduct and review risk assessments in house and the
assessments will be completed and / or overseen by HSE Management.

Risk assessments will be held for:

 All jobs undertaken as part of ZOSCO undertaking visitors & contractors


 All ancillary works such as cleaning maintenance and ship building
 The work place generally, including external areas
 Risk assessments will be reviewed whenever there is reason to suspect they
are no longer valid, when changes are made to the process or annually,
whichever applies soonest.
Title:

HSE Hazard Identification, Risk Page 20 of 329


Assessment & Risk Control
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 001
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

3.3 completing of risk assessment

Risk assessment will be completed using the following sources of information as a


guide to likely hazards, outcomes and severity;

 Internal accident statistics and history


 Trade publications or manufacturer’s information

Other sources of information such as the HSE, s website.


Employees who conduct the tasks being assessed will either be involved directly in
the assessment process or will be consulted at the time of the assessment obtain
their options and experience.

ZOSCO will conduct the assessment using a format which will be determined by
the HSE management where a rating system is used to rank risks this will be
detailed on each assessment .General principle are ;

1 Numbers of people injured will be incorporated into the severity rating


2 The overall risk level is taken as severity and likely hood. Values of 1 (low) to 5
(high)

Additional comments will be given on the assessment relating to specific risk


groups such as young persons or people with disabilities.
Title:

HSE Hazard Identification, Risk Page 21 of 329


Assessment & Risk Control
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 001
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

3.4 corrective actions

The risk rating will be used to priorities the actions required to reduce the risk
faced.
As a general guide

 Item rating 1 to 2
Low risk. Consider remedial action only where excessive costs are not
incurred.
 Item related 3 to 4
Medium risk. Plan remedial action over the medium term, balancing costs
of risks.
 Item rating 5
Extremely high risk of immanent serious injury recommends prohibiting
the work until remedial action undertaken.

OBSERVATION

a. Work force
b. Accident, ill health & near miss data
c. Instruction manuals
d. Work place inspection
e. Employees behavior
Title:

HSE Hazard Identification, Risk Page 22 of 329


Assessment & Risk Control
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 001
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

3.18 Preventive Measures

 Identify & maintain inventory of hazardous substances present in the


work area
 Ensure employees are trained on general and job- specific
communication
 The employee know the hazards & safe work practice for the hazardous
substance used in their work area
 Complete general & job specific hazard communication training
 Plan & conduct operations in accordance with established procedures &
good safety practices
 Minutes meeting
 Warning signs & Labels

Control Measures

Once a level of risk is determined, the control measures should reduce the risk
to an acceptable or tolerable level.

When deciding upon control measures, the control Hierarchy principles


should applied in the following sequences;
Title:

HSE Hazard Identification, Risk Page 23 of 329


Assessment & Risk Control
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 001
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Elimination

Substitution

Engineering control

Administrative control

Warning Signs

Personal Protective Equipment

1. Eliminate, Substitute, Reduce the hazard


2. Control it at source (enclose it)
3. Implement a safe system of work
4. Provide Personal Protective Equipment (PPE is last resort)
5. Warning Signboard
6. Information, Instruction, Training & Supervision
7. Training
8. Inspections
9. Working practices
10. Tools maintenance, examination & testing
Title:

Hazard Analysis, Assessment, Control and Recovery Measures Page 24 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 001
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Hazard Analysis, Assessment, Control and Recovery Measures


Activity: Date:
Type of Activity: Revision:

Assessment of Current Risk Controls Final Risk


S/N Process Hazards Recovery Measures
Injury / Damage (Removal of Containment)
C L Risk C L Risk
Title:

Hazard Analysis, Assessment, Control and Recovery Measures Page 25 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 001
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Note: All Current Risk ranked above H: Additional control is must; M: Additional control required; L: No additional control required

Consequence (Severity) Rating Factors (C) Likelihood Rating Factors (L) Consequence Likelihood
(Severity)
No. Severity Examples No. Frequency 1 2 3 4 5
5 Numerous fatalities, irrecoverable property 5 The most likely result of the hazard / event being 5 L M H H H
damage & loss of productivity realized (Daily)

4 Approximately one Fatality, major property 4 Has a good chance of occurring and is not unusual 4 L M M H H
damage if hazard is realized (Weekly)

3 Serious non-fatal injury, permanent disability 3 Can be envisaged to occur (Monthly) 3 L L M M H

2 Disabling but no permanent injury 2 Has not been known to occur (may occur yearly) 2 L L L M M

1 Minor abrasions, bruises, cuts first aid type 1 Is practically impossible and has never occurred 1 L L L L M
injury

Note: All current risk ranked above H: Additional control is must; M: Additional control required; L: No additional control required

Dept Manager: Date: Signature: Next Review Date:

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

Risk Assessment Form Page 26 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Name ID No
Assessment team :
Location Date :
Person
Exposed Current Risk Final Risk
Hazard source Hazard
to Hazard Controls Additional Controls
C L Risk C L Risk

Note: All current risk ranked above H: Additional control is must; M: Additional control required; L: No additional control required

Dept Manager: Date: Signature: Next Review Date:

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

Risk Assessment Form Page 27 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Note: All Current Risk ranked above H: Additional control is must; M: Additional control required; L: No additional control required

Consequence (Severity) Rating Factors (C) Likelihood Rating Factors (L) Consequence Likelihood
(Severity)
No. Severity Examples No. Frequency 1 2 3 4 5

5 Numerous fatalities, irrecoverable property 5 The most likely result of the hazard / event being 5 L M H H H
damage & loss of productivity realized (Daily)

4 Approximately one Fatality, major property 4 Has a good chance of occurring and is not unusual 4 L M M H H
damage if hazard is realized (Weekly)

3 Serious non-fatal injury, permanent disability 3 Can be envisaged to occur (Monthly) 3 L L M M H

2 Disabling but no permanent injury 2 Has not been known to occur (may occur yearly) 2 L L L M M

1 Minor abrasions, bruises, cuts first aid type 1 Is practically impossible and has never occurred 1 L L L L M
injury
Title:

Environmental Aspects & Impacts Page 28 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4 Environmental Management System Elements


4.3.1 Environmental Aspects

Organization will effectively manage its HSE responsibilities it needs to identify its
HSE aspects and understand the risks and criticality of those aspects. Only with
systematic processes to identify, assess and prioritize its HSE aspects can an
organization be sure that its risks are controlled or targeted for control. An additional
and important activity is defining the scope of organization’s operations. This activity
critical not only to identify all significant HSE aspects but also to help ensure the
entire HSE management system is appropriate for the organization.

ZOSCO HSE management will prepare the register for working and environmental
aspects and their impacts in all workshops and offices to control according to below
mentioned procedures, this procedure shall contain the following elements

Description of the scope of the organizations operations including the following


areas where applicable

- All operation processes and services.


- New and existing products, including product design.
- Changing to existing products and processes.
- Supply, distribution and use of raw materials, products and waste.
- Other activities in work places including ship building, ship repairing and
designing.
- Activities of all personal having access to the work place.
- Facilities at the ship yard provided by the ZOSCO or others, such as food
services, water supply etc…
Title:

Environmental Aspects & Impacts Page 29 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that all environmental aspects (operations
and activities) carried out at the work place in Leeds, HSE dept. will identified and that
the significance of their environmental impacts are assessed to permit improvement
objectives and the implementation of necessary control measures. These procedures
address routine and non-routine activities, including contractors and visitors, having
access to the workplace.

Scope
Scope will include those:
• Relating to current, past and proposed future activities
• Occurring under normal, abnormal or reasonably foreseeable emergency conditions
Procedure
Aspects & Impacts Identification
The Health Safety & Environmental Manager is responsible for carrying out an annual
review of the overall environmental aspects and impacts of all operations and activities
at the work areas.
• Aspects are defined as those operations or activities over which the above sites
has either control or significant influence and which have the capacity to affect
the environment.
• Impacts are defined as the effects upon the environment, positive or negative,
which the environmental aspects of the operations and activities produce.
• Separate reviews shall be carried out as required to assess the aspects related to
any new works, intended changes in operational practice, alterations to
legislation and other foreseeable factors.
• The results of all reviews shall be recorded as a Register of Environmental
Aspects and Impacts. The Health Safety & Environmental Manager is responsible
for ensuring that this document is kept up to date.
• The annual review shall be timed to produce a list of prioritized environmental
impacts for consideration during the setting of environmental objectives and
targets for the following year
Title:

Environmental Aspects & Impacts Page 30 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

• The review shall identify environmental aspects by an assessment of the


operations, activities and services, together with consideration of the actual and
potential effects of:

Air emissions to atmosphere


Water usage and discharges to surface water groundwater and sewers
Land contamination caused by spillages, etc.
The production, re-use, recycling and disposal of controlled and special wastes
The storage and management of materials
Activities upon local ecology of operations, sites and premises
The visual impact of sites and buildings
Environmental noise
Energy use and management
Use of transport and vehicles
Materials used
Organization & site information
Legal issues and other requirements
Existing environmental management
Raw materials
Packaging
Office activities
Landscaping and infrastructure
Other relevant issues such as odors, particulates, lighting & pests

Assessment of the Significance of Impacts


Once the impacts have been identified they are prioritized in terms of their
environmental impacts to assist in using them for setting objectives and targets
and for identifying operational control procedures. Each aspect identified shall
be assigned a significance rating to indicate the relative importance of its related
environmental impacts. The significance rating shall be used to define those
impacts which shall be controlled through environmental objectives and targets,
or by the implementation of operational control procedures.
Title:

Environmental Aspects & Impacts Page 31 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Impacts shall be assessed by the Health Safety & Environmental Advisor using
the following method:
• All aspects which are legitimate concerns of major stakeholders and the
company shall be regarded as significant, if necessary controls have not been
implemented.
• All aspects which are subject to environmental legislation shall be regarded
as significant, and therefore noted as having a high impact/risk, if there is a
breach or potential breach of legislation.
• All aspects where insufficient information is available to make a reasoned
Judgment shall be regarded as significant until further information is
available.
Evaluation of Risk:

• The risk evaluation process is to be carried out by competent personnel

Responsibility

• The Health Safety & Environmental Manager will ensure that this procedure is
reviewed and updated accordingly.
• All Supervisors will be responsible for ensuring that this procedure is carried out.
• All Managers and Directors of all the business units via the Health and Safety
Department will be responsible to ensure that the business meets the requirements of
the ISO14001:2004 standard.
• Employees are to conform to the control measures detailed for their specific
department activity.

Definitions
• Environmental Aspects – elements of an organizations activities or products or
services that can interact with the environment.
• Environmental Impact – any change to the organization, whether adverse or
beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organization’s environmental
aspects.
Title:

Environmental Aspects & Impacts Page 32 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Routine Activities
A Routine activity is the usual series of things/ regularly doing things in a fixed order.
and the routine environmental aspects/impacts monitoring and implementing the
control measures
(for reference file no- HSE-CHK-001)
Non Routine Activities
A Non Routine activity is the temporary/Emergency activities it can be un schedule
and un planned activities.
Outside works
Performed in frequently
Has never been performed before.

The major list of environmental objectives and targets


Reduction of wastes and improvement of recycling rate
Promotion of energy and resource conservation
Proper control of chemical substances
Development of environmentally benign products

Environmental impact of Transport

The environmental impact of transport is significant because it is a major user of


energy, and burns most of the world's petroleum. This creates air pollution, including
nitrous oxides and particulates, and is a significant contributor to global warming
through emission of carbon dioxide, for which transport is the fastest-growing
emission sector. It is the one of global warming. Other environmental impacts of
transport systems include traffic congestion By reducing transportation emissions
globally, it is predicted that there will be significant positive effects on Earth's air
quality, acid rain, smog and climate change. The health impact of transport emissions
is also of concern effect of traffic emissions on pregnancy outcomes has linked
exposure to emissions to adverse effects on gestational duration and possibly also
intrauterine growth.
Title:

Environmental Aspects & Impacts Page 33 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015
Air quality

Air quality laws govern the emission of air pollutants into the atmosphere. A
specialized subset of air quality laws regulate the quality of air inside buildings. Air
quality laws are often designed specifically to protect human health by limiting or
eliminating airborne pollutant concentrations. Other initiatives are designed to address
broader ecological problems, such as limitations on chemicals that affect the ozone
layer, and emissions trading programs to address acid rain or climate change.
Regulatory efforts include identifying and categorizing air pollutants, setting limits on
acceptable emissions levels, and dictating necessary or appropriate mitigation
technologies.

Health and safety objectives may be to:

Reduce or eliminate the number of accidents and injuries in a particular site


Reduce hazards and risks in a particular site

Targets be:

 Specific – Related to a clearly defined outcome. It needs to be


sufficiently detailed and focused to provide direction.
 Measurable – The results can be measured in terms of quality, quantity, time,
cost etc., so that progress can be assessed.
 Attainable – Accomplishing the target needs to be challenging, but within
reason for the person’s ability and resource constraints.
 Relevant – The targets are appropriate to the needs of the organization.

3.19 Operational performance indicators


HSE objectives and targets should cover both lead and lag health and safety
performance indicators.
Lead indicators are proactive measures of performance. It aims to find problems
before incident or near misses occur e.g. number of audits completed in a period.
Lag indicators are reactive measures of some aspect that has failed e.g. reported
injuries in period.
Title:

Environmental Aspects & Impacts Page 34 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.3.1.2 Berth Limit Environmental Procedure

BERTH LIMITS – ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS


At high weather as per the below sketch showing the limitation of berthing and ship lift operation
Title:

Environmental Aspects & Impacts Page 35 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 At 35 knots the ship lift will be on off mode and platform to be at the transfer
elevation and secure all the hoists by locks.
 Scaffolding on board to be secured and safely and vacate all manpower from any
scaffolding.
 Vessel alongside the jetty is to be in double mooring lines as highlighted in the
below sketch.

Mooring requirement at high wind above 35 knots

 Two head / stern lines


 Two bow / stern lines
Title:

Environmental Aspects & Impacts Page 36 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 003
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Department: Date:
Activity: Name of Location:
Types of Activity: Contact Person:
Revision:

FINAL RISK
CURRENT
RISK CONTROLE MESSURES
ENVIRONMENTAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS RESPONSIBLE
ACTIVITIES C L Risk
ASPECTS DEPARTMENT
C L Risk
Air Water Land
Title:

Environmental Aspects & Impacts Page 37 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 003
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Note: All Current Risk ranked above H: Additional control is must; M: Additional control required; L: No additional control required

Consequence (Severity) Rating Factors (C) Likelihood Rating Factors (L) Consequence Likelihood
(Severity)
No. Severity Examples No. Frequency 1 2 3 4 5

5 Numerous fatalities, irrecoverable property 5 The most likely result of the hazard / event being 5 L M H H H
damage & loss of productivity realized (Daily)

4 Approximately one Fatality, major property 4 Has a good chance of occurring and is not unusual 4 L M M H H
damage if hazard is realized (Weekly)

3 Serious non-fatal injury, permanent disability 3 Can be envisaged to occur (Monthly) 3 L L M M H

2 Disabling but no permanent injury 2 Has not been known to occur (may occur yearly) 2 L L L M M

1 Minor abrasions, bruises, cuts first aid type 1 Is practically impossible and has never occurred 1 L L L L M
injury

Note: All current risk ranked above H: Additional control is must; M: Additional control required; L: No additional control required

Dept. Manager: Date: Signature: Next Review Date:

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

Pollution Control Report Page 38 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 004
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Date:……………………………… .. Direction of Wind:…………………………………


Time:……………………………….. Wind Speed:…………………………………………..
Location:………………………….. Sound Level: ………………………………………….

Location Yard Workshop Ship lift Vessels


Scanning Strat time
Scanning end time
Pollution existing

In case of pollution:

Details:

Corrective action:

Source: The reason for the presence of pollution: Guide Case:


Vessels Blasting Sound
Hot work Painting Other Copy with photocopies attested
Chemicals Mechanical Video shoot
Oil & Fuel Bunkering Pull the sample
Other Delinquency

Inspector Name: HSSE Manager:

Signature: Signature:
Title:

Job Safety Analysis Page 39 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Job Safety Analysis

Contents:

1. Scope

2. Responsibility

3. The Procedure

a. Use & Application

b. Planning & Preparation to Conduct JSA

c. Task

d. Hazard identification

e. Existing control

f. Consequences

g. Additional control

h. Communication

i. JSA Approve

j. JSA log

4. Documents

Appendix A: JSA Guidelines


Title:

Job Safety Analysis Page 40 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Scope

The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that work is done in such a manner
that ensures the safety of personnel, equipment & the environment. Work which
may entail elements of danger to the personnel involved, either on account of the
character of the job or because it is outside the established routine& requires
special attention. Whether a job requires special care, shall be decided in each
case by the PIC however for particular jobs, Job Safety Analysis & Work Permit
are mandatory.

 Responsibility

The PIC is a responsible for the control & administration of the JSA system.
He shall ensure that:

 All work requiring a JSA & hazards associated with the task are identified
& that personnel performing are fully aware of these hazards.
 JSA that may affect or interact with other areas are cross-referenced clearly
& effectively.
 The work group (JSA Team) shall prepare the JSA & the work group
supervisor is responsible for ensuring that all specified safety controls have
been taken including issuing of Work Permit, IC, and Lifting Plans etc. If
such is required & that the person(s) carrying out the work is competent &
familiar with the procedure(s) to be followed.
 The Procedure

 Describe the work to be carried out.


 Identify hazards that can generate from each step, to personnel involved in
performing the job, the environment or the equipment.
 List controls/safe guards that are in place to prevent & reduce or
mitigate potential hazard/threat.
 Evaluate the consequences of each hazard to assess seriousness & possible
impact on safety, health, environment & equipment.
Title:

Job Safety Analysis Page 41 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 006
Document Class:Level-1 Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 List additional controls, safe guards, recovery measures to complement


existing controls for each hazard and/or mitigate consequence.
 JSA shall be specific & job specific & shall be applied only at the
unit where it is originally issued.
 JSA shall have individual;
 Number & issue date.
 Procedure reference shall name the procedure covered by JSA

 Use & Application

JSA must be used in connection with the following works/situation, however it


should be noted that these are minimum requirements & use shall not be restricted
to these cases only:

 Complicated/heavy lift operations.


 Pressure testing.
 Work which require deviations from procedures or established safety routines.
 Work on vital safety systems.
 Lack of procedure for the work to be conducted.
 Change of design or design review to ensure that it is adequate to control all
process hazards.
 Process changes that can introduce new hazards that must be evaluated.

 Planning & Preparations to Conduct JSA

The following preparation steps must be complete for all JSA to ensure a
high-quality review.
 Define the JSA boundaries & the team’s responsibilities, tasks & objectives.
 Outline timing for completion.
 Select a team leader who shall have responsibilities of organizing the
conduction of JSA, calls meeting for JSA, produce final JSA.
 Ensure that all relevant information for the process is available to JSA team.
Title:

Job Safety Analysis Page 42 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Task
 The produce to be followed should be broken/divided into logical steps.
 These steps should be listed per actual sequence per the task procedure. They can
be grouped or listed individually based on seriousness & critically.

 Hazard Identification
 Each task step or group o steps should be reviewed by the team preparing the
JSA to identify associated hazards/threats.
 These hazards should be listed per the task step to provide link.
 These hazards identification shall be based on the knowledge of the team
preparing the JSA, the company data base (when available), reference documents
& other Safety Management System reference.
 The team identifying the hazards should be preferably having people with
knowledge & skills to perform the job in addition to personnel who have
been trained on the use of JSA.
 Potential hazards that can generate from each step of the process shall be listed to
ensure that JSA team is aware of them & enables the team to focus on major
hazards in the process. The following can be used to assist in identifying hazards:
 Incident Reports

 Previous JSA

 A description of safety measures involved in the process.


 A contingency analysis in relation to the process to be performed.
 Drawing/sketches covering the system/equipment to be worked on must give all
necessary details.
 Additional information that could be available in manufacturer manual or safety
bulletins received from other units using the same equipment or applying the
same or similar process.
Title:

Job Safety Analysis Page 43 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 List types of events possible such as fire, explosion, and release of gas, pressure
release, equipment failure or contact to extreme heat of electrical current.
 Estimate safety, health & environments effect on the work site &surrounding areas.

 Existing Controls

 The team shall list existing controls & safe guards that should be in place to
prevent, reduce or mitigate potential risk/threat.
 JSA team shall ensure that these recommendation are clearly listed & sequenced
based on the risk consideration.

 Consequence

 List possible consequence to assess seriousness & possible impact of each


identified hazards on safety, health, the environment & equipment when one or
more of existing controls fail.
 Following items should be considered when listing consequences;
 Inadequate procedure or procedural violation by the personnel involved in the
work.
 Inadequate, inoperative or misleading instrumentation.
 Poor communication amongst personnel performing the work.
 What is the impact of an incident on the equipment being operated.
 Personnel competency & training.
 Third Party.
Title:

Job Safety Analysis Page 44 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 006
Document Class :Level-3
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Additional Controls

 Shall list all additional controls, safe guards & recovery measures needed to
prevent, minimize or mitigate possible consequence when the existing controls
are not sufficient or fail.
 Additional controls shall include but not limited to;
 Built-in safety devices to recover from failure e.g. shut in/down.

 Safety equipment which shall be activated in emergency situations e.g.


firefighting system, backup systems, etc.
 Contingency procedures in place when control is lost partially or
completely
e.g. emergency escape, search & rescue, etc.

 Communication
 PIC & Work Group Supervisor shall ensure that all JSA findings,
including action taken are communicated to all employees who are affected
by the recommended actions.
 Work Group Supervisor shall discuss the JSA in the pre-job safety meeting
& record on the meeting form.
 When a permit to work is required as part of the JSA controls, the JSA number
shall be marked on it.

 JSA Approval

 Preparation of JSA to be done by the assigned JSA team (work group) who
shall fill in the JSA form. Team members shall fill-in their names, position &
sign & shall be reviewed & signed by Team Leader (Work Group
Supervisor).
 JSA shall be approved by the PIC who shall have the overall responsibility
for seeing that the JSA has been properly prepared & completed. He shall be
responsible for evaluating the recommendations made by the JSA team &
shall take action as required.
Title:

Job Safety Analysis Page 45 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 006
DocumentClass:Level-3
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 The JSA shall be sent to Safety Office for endorsement by the Concerned
Superintendent &/or Department Manager. Alternatively the Concerned
Supt. May review JSA with crew & endorse when visiting the site.
 Approved JSA shall be kept at the site once endorsed/received back from
Safety
 Office & shall be serial numbered & logged as controlled.
JSA should be reviewed each time the same procedure is performed to
assure adequacy & they must be revised as necessary.

 JSA Log

The PIC shall maintain an active log of all controlled JSA’s. The log shall contain
as minimum:

 JSA no.
 Task description (brief)
 Procedure name
 Department or section (procedure owner)
 Date issued –revision
 Date approved

 Documents

JSA Guideline
Title:

Job Safety Analysis Format Page 46 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

DEPARTMENT: … … … ……… … … …… … …… …. JOB SERIES: ……………………………….


JOB TITLE: ………………………………………………
JOB LOCATION: ………………………………………………
EMPLOYEE NAME: ………………………………………………
EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE: ……………………………………… Date: / /
ANALYZED BY: ………………………………………………… Date: / /
REVIEWED BY: ………………………………………………… Date: / /

Recommended Personal Protective Equipment’s

S/N Sequence Of Basic Job Steps Potential Hazards Recommended Safe Job Procedure

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

HSE legal and other Requirements Page 47 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Restriction, Prohibitions & Award


Contents:
1. Scope

2. Responsibility

3. List of Legal Regulatory Requirements

a. Smoking

b. Jewelry

c. Dismissal

4. Communication & Update

5. Prohibition
a. Horseplay

b. Alcohol, Drugs & Firearms

c. Searches, Inspections & Analysis


d. Dismissal
5. Safety Award Procedure

6. Documents

Appendix A: Disciplinary Record


Appendix B: Violation & Punishment Form
Appendix C: Violation & Punishment List
Appendix D: Award Card
Title:

HSE legal and other Requirements Page 48 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Scope
The purpose of this procedure is to provide awareness to site crews &
management on use limitations & prohibition of use at ZOSCO site of items
considered other otherwise acceptable to possess & use in public domain.

 Responsibilities
It is the responsibility of ZOSCO employees to adhere to this procedure.
Those who fail to follow the procedure will be subject to disciplinary action.
It is the duty of ZOSCO employees to ensure that third party personnel are
following the procedure & to report misconduct to the site management. It
is the responsibility of the PIC to ensure implementation of this procedure.

 Restrictions
The purpose of this instruction is to ensure that personnel utilize such items
with discretion & in the assigned locations only. Also, to ensure that
possible damage to equipment or personnel resulting from the inadequate
use of these items is prevented.

a. Smoking

 Smoking and passive smoking are recognized as fire & health hazards.
ZOSCO has to provide its staff and contractors with a smoke free work place
where possible. To this end, during hours of working, in order to maintain
and offshore tobacco and smoke free atmosphere all employees, contractors
and other personal representing. ZOSCO are to adhere to any vessel &
workshops smoking policy requirement as dedicated by company policy
requirements.
 All personnel shall receive the instruction and necessary guidance as
required for implementation of this policy. Every effort will be made to
assist smokers to adapt to working conditions under this policy.
 Our smoking policy and the principles defined in the quality, health, safety
& environment management system are mandatory at all levels and or
adopted throughout our operations and activities.
Title:

HSE legal and other Requirements Page 49 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Smoking is totally prohibited around the site area, inside sleeping units, mess
halls, recreation rooms, galley, stores, corridors, offices, ZOSCO vehicle, as
well as area where a “NO-SMOKING” sign is posted.

 Smoking areas should be designated & identified on the site.

b. Jewelry

 Personnel should not wear or use jewelry at the work place to prevent
injuries that could result from jewelry being tangled in mechanical parts IE,
rotating equipment or to cause personal injury to another crewmember.
 Jewelry shall include but not limited to; wrist watches, earrings, necklace,
bracelets, rings & all other items that could use which have direct contact to
the skin/body.
c. Dismissal
Any violation of this produce shall result in dismissal from the site.

 Communication & Update


ZOSCO organization communicate with employees and superiors and their
legal issues and GRO work the legal issues to the organization & update the
issues and records.
 Prohibitions
The purpose of this instruction is to ensure that personnel are not in
possession of, or under the influence of alcoholic beverages, narcotics,
firearms, weapons & explosives (in the following called prohibited
items), & therefore are a possible danger to personnel & equipment,
being in possession of those items mentioned above, when staying on
or travelling to until being operated by ZOSCO is strictly prohibited.

a. Horseplay

 Horseplay should not be allowed at any time.


 Wrestling, mock fights, practical jokes, etc., are examples of horseplay.
Title:

HSE legal and other Requirements Page 50 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

b. Alcohol, Drugs & Firearms

 Illegal drugs, intoxicating beverages, firearms, weapons or other


contraband should not be allowed on the site or location.
 Reporting for duty under the influence of alcohol, narcotics or other drugs
should not be allowed.
 Prescription drugs should be taken in strict accordance with the drug’s
Label & doctor’s guidance. Personnel who are taking prescription drugs
should inform their supervisor. This is for two reasons, one to ensure the
drugs will not interfere with the person’s alertness & ability to work safely &
second, should the individual be injured, this information should be available
to the medical provider.
 Any medications brought to the site should be in the original container in
which they were dispensed or purchased.
 Do not take another person’s prescription medication. In some regions there
are laws against this action & doing so could result in a positive test & may
include disciplinary action up to & including termination of employment.
 Firearms are not allowed at ZOSCO site/work locations under any
circumstances.

c. Searches, Inspections & Analysis

ZOSCO reserves the right to have authorized personnel to conduct searches


& Inspections of personnel effects, locker(s) baggage, etc. These searches
can be conducted at any time, & without prior announcement. However,
searches or inspections shall not be commenced without the concerned
person(s) being present, either personality or by a representative. If
prohibited items are discovered, these shall be taken into custody & turned
over to the authorities. If a person(s) who is staying on or travelling to a
ZOSCO site shows indications of being under influence of alcoholic
beverages or narcotics, ZOSCO reserve the right, at any time to have
qualified personnel conducting tests on such a person(s).
Title:

HSE legal and other Requirements Page 51 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

d. Dismissal

 Any employee who refuses to submit to the search or test as mentioned in item
4.a. or are found to be in possession of one or more prohibited items, may (in
absence of a satisfactory explanation) be liable to immediate dismissal from the
work site, according to existing law
 Any employee of ZOSCO, who is found to be under influence of alcoholic
beverages or narcotics, when he is staying on or is travelling to/from a unit
operated by ZOSCO, will be dismissed from ZOSCO i.e. contract will be
terminated.

 Personnel not employed by ZOSCO who refuse to submit to searches or


tests, or are found to be in possession of Prohibited Items, or are under
influence of alcoholics beverages or narcotics may immediately be
removed & denied admittance to the unit.
 Safety Award Procedures

Safety Dept. has the authority to give an award for all employees working in
Zamil. One of the safety dept. representatives will select 5 people among
thousands of employee in Zamil and give each one of them 100 SR for being
the best employee who follow the safety procedures. This activity will occur
every 5 months and the money that safety dept. spend comes from the
management of Zamil offshore personally. All record for this activity shall be
kept in safety dept. and the extra copy to be submitted in account section. These
are the following safety procedure or criteria that safety dept. will select for the
following employee’s:


1. Employees who use the PPE properly.


2. Employees who has a good housekeeping during work & after the work
is finish.
3. Employees who has a good manner during work.
4. Employees who doesn’t have any accident record.
5. Employee’s that save a lot of company materials during work.
6. Employees who follows Safety at all time when at work.
Title:

HSE legal and other Requirements Page 52 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Documents:

Appendix A: Disciplinary Record


Appendix B: Violation & Punishment Form
Appendix C: Violation & Punishment List
Appendix D: Award Card

ZOSCO LEGAL RECORDS

 GOSI
 SASO-315-PART3 (Noise level)
 SASO-322/1994 (PPE)
 WHO guideline 4th edition (Drinking water)
 IMO SOLAS ISBN 978-92-801-4183-2
 PME Regulation edition 30 Nov 2013
 SAUDI LABOR LAW m51 27/05/2005

(For reference in the Legal Requirement File)


Title:

HSE legal and other Requirements Page 53 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Legal Requirements:

Objectives Legal Requirements

Air PME 1409

Water WHO guideline 4th edition

Noise SASO -315-part-3

Health GOSI, Saudi Labor Law M51 27/05/2005

Lifting EN 12385-4

Marine pollution

 Other Requirements:

Objectives Other Requirements

Consumption Of Energy ZOSCO HSE Requirement

Consumption Of Paper ZOSCO HSE Requirement

Reduction Of Accidents ZOSCO HSE Requirement

Wastage Controls ZOSCO HSE Requirement


Title:

Disciplinary Record Page 54 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 06
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

S/N Name No. Depart. Date Location Reason Punishment

10

11
Title:

Safety Department Violation & Page 55 of 329


Punishment Format
Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015
Title:

Safety Award Format Page 56 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

The following people listed below have won the safety


awardees for the best performance of safety.
YEAR ……………… Month ……………..

s/n Name I.d no Department Received signature

You maY claim Your prize oN………………. exactlY at………………..


IN safety office.
Title:

HSE Legal and other Requirements Page 57 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.3.2 Legal and other Requirements


Safety Department Violation & Punishment List

 Violation Type
Smoking inside office /working zone/ site areas /living rooms /work shops

Punishments List
1st time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
2nd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: Termination from work

Smoking on board of the vessel during construction and commissioning


1st time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
2nd time: 4 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 6 Days salary deduction + Termination
4th time: Termination from work

 Violation Type
No use of personnel protective equipment’s (PPE) (Helmet, Coverall, Safety Shoes,
Goggles, Gloves, Safety belt /Harness, Breathing Mask , Respiratory protection,
Welding face shield, Painting /Sand blasting face shield, Body protection

Punishments List
1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work
Title:

HSE Legal and other Requirements Page 58 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Violation Type

Leakage from the cutting set & damaged welding cables

Punishments List
1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work

 Violation Type

Cutting set connection in poor condition / No Flashback arrestor /


Defected pressures gauges and regulator

Punishments List
1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work

 Violation Type
Electric cables are not in proper connection
Punishments List
1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work.
Title:

HSE Legal and other Requirements Page 59 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Violation Type
Defected electric cables – No sue of cable plug – making electrical connections
without electrical maintenance technician.

Punishments List
1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work
 Violation Type
In case of equipment power ON after the work had been finished.

Punishments List
1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work

 Violation Type
Using of 220/110 Volts inside the confined space / Tank / Hazard areas
Note: (must use 24V inside confined space and, in case of paint must use explosion
proof light 24V)

Punishments List
1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
Title:

HSE Legal and other Requirements Page 60 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter


5th time: Termination from work

 Violation Type
No using of ventilation device proper to the work zone

Punishments List
1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work

 Violation Type
In forklift except the operator no one allowed to sit.

Punishments List (Operator & Employee)


1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work
Title:

HSE Legal and other Requirements Page 61 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Violation Type
Rolling of gas cylinders on the floor, not handling the gas cylinders in upright position
in the basket and, keep oxygen and acetylene in separate box.

Punishments List
1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work

 Volition Type
Throwing the garbage including food stuff not in correct place (e.g. garbage box)

Punishments List
1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work

 Violation Type
Using defected hand tools / Powered hand tools (Chain blocks – Hydraulic jacks –
Drill machine)
Title:

HSE Legal and other Requirements Page 62 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Punishments List
1st time: Warning letter
2nd time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work

 Violation Type
Unsafe act / or Unsafe condition during work and that may lead to harm to workers
or their safety or damage for materiel, equipment’s and tools.
(Not keep welding cable and cutting hoses out of vessel after finished work)

Punishments List
1st time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
2nd time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 5 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: Termination from work

 Violation Type
The worker patented to be ill or injured due to work.

Punishments List
1st time: 1 Day salary deduction + Warning letter
2nd time: 2 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
3rd time: 3 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
4th time: 5 Days salary deduction + Warning letter
5th time: Termination from work
Title:

HSE Objectives, Targets & Program(s) Page 63 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.3.3 Objectives, Targets and Program(s)


ZOSCO management systems are designed to maintain HSE excellence and
facilitate continual improvement by creating a cycle of activities, including aspects
identification and prioritization, performance measurements, self-assessments and
audits. This cycle of activity will identify the current and most critical HSE issues
for an organization. The establishment of objectives and targets that address those
issues will effectively and continually reduce the organization’s significant risks.
This standard provides the guidance and requirements to help set objectives and
targets that address the significant HSE issues facing an organization.

 Scope
The scope of the Register of Environmental Objectives and Targets is limited to
activities at the ZOSCO Organization that impact in the following environmental
areas:

• Solid and hazardous wastes;


• Environmental noise;
• Air quality;
• Energy;
• Water; and
• Land.

 Objective

• Identify the overall objectives of ZOSCO Organization


• Determine specific environmental target that are quantifiable wherever
possible.
Title:

HSE Department Objective Page 64 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL – 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

HSE Objective

Encourage active participation in HSE issues and provide trainings recognize and
manage the HSE implications of the activities, Identify hazards and manage HSE
issues in all stages of our minimize risk of harm to people, the environment and
facilities.
 Develop communication plan to secure proper implementation.
 Improve integrity management procedures and controls.
 Improve the quality of leading and lagging indicator reporting.
 Develop a set of core values for the environment.
 Conduct regular audits to ensure compliance and system improvements.
 Maintain employee’s interest in safety to protect them against accidents and
injury risks and their physical condition.
 Keep and maintain work sites healthy and accidents free.
 Insure relevant information for all parties and training on the best ways to
handle unsafe conditions.
 Make all employees ready to face emergency cases and accidents to
minimize consequences and/or damage.
 Commitments and values of the ZOSCO HSE Policy.
 Control Consumption of the material introduce machine friendly
technologies.
 Obtained Air quality and Noise level.
 Introduce HSE Programs and proper trainings.
 Apply the best standards in design, construction, operation
maintenance, monitoring and inspection of equipment, installation sand
worksite.
 Use the best means and measures for environmental protection.
 Significant Aspects analysis identified through the organizations Aspects
and Impacts assessment.
Title:

HSE Objectives, Targets & Program(s) Page 65 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Management

 ZOSCO Organization is responsible for preparing and reviewing the


Register of Environmental Objectives and Targets.
 Environmental Objectives and Targets are set in order to improve
ZOSCO environmental performance.
 The process for setting objectives and targets is:
 Objectives and targets are developed in conjunction with relevant
Stakeholders.
 Objectives and targets must be set in line with the ZOSCO Environmental
Policy Objectives and Targets and consider the prioritized environmental
aspects, technological options, financial, operational and legal requirements.
 Targets must nominate someone responsible, and a timeframe for achieving
the target.
 The objectives and targets are submitted to the Environmental Management
Committee for approval.
 New objectives and targets are introduced as required; typically by
changes in aspect’s priorities, the addition or suspension of aspects and
changes to legislation.

 Monitoring and Reporting

 Progress of objectives and targets is monitored as per HSE Management


schedule and reported to the HSE Management Committee.
 It is the responsibility of the nominated responsible person to review and
update the progress toward targets.
Title:

HSE Objectives, Targets & Program(s) Page 66 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Definitions

 Activity
Specific operation (e.g. incinerator), function or work which may or may not release
emissions to the environment.

 Environmental Objectives
Overall environmental aim, arising from the elements of the environmental
policy, that an organization sets itself to achieve.

 Environmental Targets
Detailed performance requirement, quantified where practicable, applicable to the
organization or parts thereof, that arises from the environmental objectives and that
needs to be set and met in order to achieve those objectives.

 Requirements:-

Documented HSE objectives and targets must be established and integrated into the
organization’s business planning process.

Each organization must develop and conduct a process to prioritize its HSE issues. As a
minimum, the prioritization process must include the following information:
Title:

HSE Objectives, Targets & Program(s) Page 67 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Commitments and values of the ZOSCO HSE Policy


 Significant aspects analysis identified through the organization’s Aspects and
Impacts assessment
 Legal and other requirements identified through the organization’s legal and other
assessment
 Available and feasible technological options
 Financial, operational and business requirements of the organization
 Potential concerns of key stakeholders

 List of HSE Objectives & Target

Work towards maintaining ISO14001 & OSHA 18001standared Requirements


To continually improve our performance in provide PPE to all employees.
To continually improve our performance in keeping all the employees to
emergency situation.
To continually improve our performance in keeping value firefighting equipment.
To continually improve our performance in lock out & tag out.
To continually improve our performance in Height working.
 To continually improve our performance in valid equipment’s & calibration.
To continually improve our performance in Inspections 7 Checking.
To continually improve our performance in to train all employees HSE policy &
procedures.
 To continually improve our performance in employee’s Health
Title:

HSE Objectives, Targets & Program(s) Page 68 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

To continually improve our performance in control sewage disposable.


To continually improve our performance regarding staff and student engagement.
To continually improve our performance in reducing carbon emissions
To continually improve our performance in reducing energy consumption
To continually improve our performance in reducing water consumption
To continually improve our performance in reducing the environmental impacts
associated with transport.
To continually improve our performance in reducing our various waste streams.
To continually improve our performance in reducing paper usage.
To continually improve our performance in reduce & control disposal of scrap
To continually improve our performance in control of sewage disposable.
Title:

HSE Objectives & Target Evaluation Form Page 69 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 009
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 01-Mar-2016

Objectives & Targets


Applicable
S/N Objective Allow Limit Actual 2015 Responsible Department
Departments

HSE Manager Date: Signature:


Title:

HSE Resource, Roles, Responsibility, Page70 of 329


Accountability and Authority
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.4 Implementation and Operation


4.4.1 Resource, Roles, Responsibility, Accountability and Authority
Roles and Responsibilities:
Zamil Shipyard organizational structure shall be interrelated and composed of well
– coordinated departments in order that every employee exerts his functions
adequately, in achieving the company’s policy and objectives.
 Responsibility and authority shall be assigned to individuals to ensure that HSE
practices are integrated with their respective functions.
 The primary responsibilities of Zamil Shipyard

Personnel who area in – charge of initiating, managing, performing and verifying


activities affecting the HSE are as follows:

Managing Director: Responsible for the over - all supportive, financial and
administrative issues & HSE management of the
shipyard.
General Manager: Defining roles, allocating responsibilities and
accountabilities, and delectating authorities, to facilitate
effective HSE management.
Yard Manager: Responsible for the viability and effective management
of ship building & Repair and ensuring that all
department implementing HSE management System
requirement.
Department Managers: Responsible for the department performance in ship
building and repair, in addition to the department role in
effective implementation of HSE Management system.
Employee: Each employee responsible for the quality of his own
safety of his colleagues through adherence to proper
work procedure, use of correct tools and Equipment,
maintenance of house keeping his work area, use of
correct PPE for the job reporting of unsafe acts &
condition to his supervisor.
Title:

HSE Resource, Roles, Responsibility, Page 71 of 329


Accountability and Authority
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

HSE Manager:
 Health, safety and environmental (HSE) managers are responsible for
developing and implementing organizational safety programs. These specialists
review and update institutional HSE policies and conduct risk assessments to
detect potential hazards and plan precautionary measures.
 HSE managers evaluate the workplace environment and develop safety-
management policies that identify and define the safety responsibilities of all
employees. This involves assessing the nature of business activities, number of
employees and existing policies.
 A HSE manager working for a beverage manufacturer, for instance, develops a
policy that requires workers to report situations that present a risk and which
they can't properly deal with on their own. A good safety management policy
provides for adequate medical treatment and compensation for workplace
injuries

Coordinating Training Programs


To continually maintain an appropriate level of awareness, knowledge and
preparedness across the organization, HSE managers coordinate training
programs for employees. HSE manager might train workers to deal with
potential hazards, such as accidental exposure to high amounts of radio
frequency energy and electrical faults

Investigating Workplace Incidents

Although HSE managers are charged with enhancing workplace safety, some
incidents might not be detected during risk assessments. For example, if a
company installs a faulty air conditioner in the office, an unanticipated electrical
fault can occur. An HSE manager investigates such incidents, establishes the
causes and recommends preventive action against a recurrence. HSE managers
also ensure that workplace tools and equipment meet industry standards and
installed properly, as defined by the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.
Title:

HSE Resource, Roles, Responsibility, Page 72 of 329


Accountability and Authority
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Preparing Reports

An HSE manger prepares monthly reports and makes presentations to senior


administrators. A typical HSE report indicates day-to-day workplace inspection
results and workers' response to safety incidents. For example, if you work as an
HSE manager for a health facility, your report might include disposal of waste
materials, maintenance of medical equipment and response of new health care
staff to HSE policies. HSE reports can be analyzed to detect weaknesses in the
safety management program.
Responsibilities
Directs the resources and activities of the Division to support the HSE programs by
providing advice and guidance to the Company Senior Management
Continually maintain an appropriate level of awareness, knowledge and
preparedness across the Division to create a culture that prioritizes effective HSE
and balances overall associated costs
Review internal HSE policies and practices to ensure they are current and
appropriate; conduct hazard and risk assessments and change existing, or develop
new recommendations from these assessments
Serve as the Division expert within the field of HSE when called upon to address
regulatory agency compliance issues, third party safety & liability consultants and
subcontractor representatives
Responsible for the staffing and directing the Divisions HSE Department,
including the management of all Field Safety staff.
Responsible for the development of an annual budget recommendations and
implementation.
Provide regular written reports, as well as other production-related results and
updates to the Senior Management Team
Actively participate in the scheduling of safety meetings across Company locations
to review HSE performance and policies
Title:

HSE Resource, Roles, Responsibility, Page 73 of 329


Accountability and Authority
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Address specific reporting and record keeping requirements of OSHA18001 & ISO
14001, as well as other pertinent safety/regulatory compliance matters and to
ensure project sites are in compliance
 Oversight of Division’s HSE incentive programs and periodically reviews them to
ensure they are accomplishing the desired results. Make necessary changes to the
program to maximize effect.
Stay abreast of current and emerging technical and professional aspects of this
position
Assist with and participate in sales presentations Conduct site visits/audits
Participate/attend industry related conferences when requested to do so
Management Responsibilities: This position manages subordinates and is
responsible for the overall direction, coordination, and evaluation of employees.
Keep up to date with changes in current legislation and to bring to the attention of
the Director responsible for Health and Safety any relevant new legislation.
Attend such courses/seminars run by external sources to enable accurate
interpretation of legislation to enable implementation within the organization.
 Ensure that all “assessments” as required by legislation are conducted and
reviewed at relevant intervals and to maintain records of the same.
To recommend control measures and advise on the standard of P.P.E. issued to
employees.
Review and check all the Drawings for the Organization layout & Ship building.
 Order and checking the all safety equipment’s for Ship building & Ship yard.
Managing First Aid clinic and GOSI Insurance to the all employees.
To manage and Active for the Dammam & Jeddah Ship yards.
Control the firefighting team with Port Authority and (Firefighting boat) Jubil-1.
Managing and Controlling the Securities to the ship yard.
Control and managing the Rescue team and select the efficient rescue team.
Title:

HSE Resource, Roles, Responsibility, 74 of 329


Accountability and Authority
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

HSE Supervisor:
Support the Regional HSE Manager and team with planning, coordinating and
implementing of effective HSE policies, guidelines and procedures to ensure that
the department objectives are met
Provide support to Project and Operation team in all aspects of safety, occupational
health, safety and environmental issues
Assist with developing HSE plans that comply with Company policies and
procedures
 Investigate and complete the process for close out of all Accident Investigation
Reports and prepare/submit lessons learned to the Regional HSE Manager for
promulgation to the management
 Manage Safety Statistic reporting. Track and provide regular HSE performance
reporting to the Regional HSE Manager
 Assist in the development of project specific HSE procedures
 Conduct HSE trainings and orientation to employees
 Coordinate Site Fire Brigade activity
 Evaluate, identify workplace hazards
 Monitor, test, and evaluate the hazardous atmospheres, environmental conditions,
and work place conditions
 Conducing Fire Drills to the Fireman’s.

 Provide orientation and training to new and existing workers at your workplace
and conducting toolbox meetings regularly.
HSE Foreman:
Ensure the health and safety of all workers under HSE Foreman direct supervision.
Ensure workers under HSE Foreman supervision are aware of all known or
reasonably foreseeable health and safety hazards where they work.
Consult and cooperate with the Joint Occupational Health and Safety
Committee members or worker representatives, and cooperate with others carrying
out occupational health and safety duties.
Title:

HSE Resource, Roles, Responsibility, Page 75 of 329


Accountability and Authority
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 008
Document Class:Level-1 Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Ensure that the appropriate personal protective equipment and clothing are
available, worn when required, and inspected and maintained.
Investigate unsafe conditions reported to you, and ensure that corrective action is
taken without delay.
 Watch fireman activities & arrange duty schedules to the fireman’s.
According to the work permit before observe the workplace location and remove
hazards.

Fireman:
To fight the fire if happened and rescue the occupancies and fire watch on the
working area.
 Maintain the firefighting equipment’s.
Before start work thoroughly check the P.P.E. to the employees.
Fireman should attend the regular tool box meeting, Pre- Job safety meeting, and
Weekly, Monthly HSE meetings.
Must be involved fire drills according to HSE supervisor schedule.

First Aider/ Occupational Health Nurse:


Occupational Health Nurse are registered nurses who use their medical training
and clinical experience to treat injured workers and assess job hazards.
Occupational Health Nurse must have advanced knowledge of nursing techniques,
anatomy, occupational medicine, industrial hygiene and occupational safety.
Company workers also have specialized knowledge of workplace hazards, as well
as toxicology and epidemiology. They must also undergo clinical education to gain
hands-on training working with patients and individuals. Critical thinking,
emotional stability and organizational skills are necessary to assess changes in
patients' health, cope with stressful situations, and multitask.
General Responsibilities
The occupational health Nurse responsible for incorporating health promotion
strategies to minimize accidents and teach workers about ways to be more
responsible in the workplace. They coordinate health care services for injured
Title:

HSE Resource, Roles, Responsibility, Page 76 of 329


Accountability and Authority
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 008
Document Class:Level-1 Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

workers and counsel workers about non-occupational injuries, as well as facilitate


effective communication between injured workers and management. They ensure
safety standards are met, and they identify any potential safety hazards in the work
environment.
Other responsibilities, including:
Disease management
Environmental health
Emergency preparedness/disaster planning
Employee treatment, follow-up and referrals
Emergency care for job-related injuries and illnesses
Rehabilitation, return-to-work issues
Job Duties
Using extensive medical training and knowledge of occupational medicine and
safety, company nurses interpret and document a worker’s medical complaints
using medical histories and diagnostic tests. While complying with laws and
regulations, company nurses investigate and analyze injury trends, research
possible occupational hazards, and collaborate with safety teams and managers.
Additional job duties can include managing medical records, creating emergency
workplace preparedness plans and evaluating health care delivery systems.
The Role of an Occupational Health Nurse

First aid is the help given to someone who is injured or ill, to keep them safe until
they can get more advanced medical treatment by seeing a doctor, health
professional or go to hospital.
The role of a first aider is to give someone this help, while making sure that they
and anyone else involved are safe and that they don’t make the situation worse.
If you think someone needs your help, these are the seven things you need to do as
a first aider:
Assess the situation quickly and calmly:
Safety: Are you or they in any danger? Is it safe for you to go up to them?
 Scene: What caused the accident or situation? How many casualties are there?
Situation: What’s happened? How many people are involved and how old are
they? What do you think the main injuries could be?
Title:

HSE Resource, Roles, Responsibility, Page 77 of 329


Accountability and Authority
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Protect yourself and them from any danger:

Always protect yourself first - never put yourself at risk


Only move them to safety if leaving them would cause them more harm
 If you can’t make an area safe, call 999/112 for emergency help

Prevent infection between you and them:

Wash your hands or use alcohol gel


Wear disposable gloves
 Don’t touch an open wound without gloves on
 Don’t breathe, cough or sneeze over a wound or a casualty

Comfort and reassure:

Stay calm and take charge of the situation


Introduce yourself to them to help gain their trust
 Explain what’s happening and why
 Say what you’re going to do before you do it

Assess the casualty:

 If there’s more than one casualty, help those with life-threatening conditions first
Start with the Primary Survey and deal with any life-threatening conditions
 Then, if you’ve dealt with these successfully, move on to the Secondary Survey

Give first aid treatment:

Priorities the most life-threatening conditions


Then move on to less serious ones
Get help from others if possible
Title:

HSE Resource, Roles, Responsibility, Page 78 of 329


Accountability and Authority
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Arrange for the right kind of help:

 Call company ambulance if you think it’s serious


 Take or send them to hospital if it’s a serious condition but is unlikely to get
worse
 Suggest they see their doctor if they’re concerned about a less serious condition
Advise them to go home to rest, but to seek help if they feel worse
Stay with them until you can leave them in the right care.

Procedure

Placing an unconscious casualty into the recovery position


Performing Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
Stopping bleeding using pressure and elevation
Keeping a fractured limb still

Security Supervisor:

Supervise and oversee security functions in an organization.


Train and schedule programs and functions to security personnel.
Evaluate, assess and analyze performance of security personnel.
Initiate disciplinary measures wherever necessary.
Provide security to office staff, buildings and properties
Keep the premises free from all kinds of dangers.
Screen visitors before allowing them to enter the premises.
Maintain all security devices and products in good working condition.
Develop and implement preventative measures against accidents, thefts and other
risks.
Ensure compliance of applicable policies and regulations while implementing
security measures.
Title:

HSE Resource, Roles, Responsibility, Page 79 of 329


Accountability and Authority
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Security:
The responsibility of the gate full and all who enters the company of the right of
them to be inspected if required in the entry and exit of people, equipment and
vehicles and check out equipment exit permits an accredited
The right of them to claim anyone show the official documents or permits to enter
and make sure that authorized him to enter this area or not.
Check it is suspected in any person and inform the HSE Manager
Do not open the gate until it is certain that the person who will enter his right to
enter and if visitors are taking him too prove a personal and certify to give him a
card a visitor to leave the site and knowledge of the direction of the visitor to any
part.
Put the list of visitors, name and contact numbers and official of them in the
following cases (if they have one ship in the ship repair, if visitors are undecided
on the company for several consecutive days)
From time to time to take a tour inside the sites to make sure there is no thief or
inside one surreptitiously and accompanied by a HSE Supervisor.
Custom places safe to ship owners and they could stop the cars without having
come out of these areas identified and authorized to be present there and in the case
of a purpose to their needs the owner to move them to ship it to speak the HSE
Manager and are assigned to one car to enter.
In case of any problem should go immediately to HSE Manager.
Is put a black list of names banned from entering the company with the writing of
the reason for not entering.
Tax farming cloths security guards approved by the company.
In case of Fire security must contact the civil defense immediately and inform the
Safety Manager.
If there is any particular problem must say the security guards and talk with the
Safety Manager.
Title:

HSE Resource, Roles, Responsibility, Page 80 of 329


Accountability and Authority
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Management representative:

The management of Zamil Shipyard has appointed the HSE Manager as HSE
Management, representative whom irrespective of other responsibilities shall have
responsibility and an authority that includes:

 Ensuring that processes needed for the HSE managements systems are established,
implemented and maintained,

 Reporting to top management on the performance of the HSE management system


and any need for improvement.

 Ensuring the promotion of awareness of customer requirements throughout the


organization, and acts as liaison with external parties on matters relating to the
HSE.
Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 81 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.4.2 Competence, Training and Awareness

Training Procedure

IN - CHARGE ACTIVITY REFERENCE

Basic Safety Training by


All employees being trained
Lecture & Sliding visual about safety.

Hot work safety


Scaffolding safety
Practical Safety Training Fire fighting
Confined space entry
HSE DEPT Working on heights

Monthly fire drills & Painting & blasting safety


Excise
Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 82 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Conditions in Conducting Trainings:

 When there’s a newly hired employee/s


 When there’s a Training need
 When there’s a need to upgrade employees’ competency
 Periodic Training
 Post incident Training

Training Procedure for Newly Hired Employee/S

Newly hired employees, whether contractual or regular employment must undergo


training before start of work. Required trainings are as follows:

a. Company Rules and Regulations Orientation Safety Policy


b. ZOSCO Company Orientation.

• History
• ZOSCO Products
• ZOSCO Organization

c. Greeting.
d. HS & EMS Orientation.
e. Performance Management System Orientation.
f. Production System Orientation.
g. Product Familiarization Training.
Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 83 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 HSE Staff shall notify and provide documents of newly hired employee’s to
Trainer before the conduct of training.
 At the start of training, HSE Staff shall provide Training records. HSE Staff
shall explain the mechanics of training to ensure clear understanding how
important the trainings to be conducted.
 After every conduct of training, the HSE Staff must ensure that the Training
record is completely filled-up.
 Upon completion of trainings 1 ~ 8 , the HSE Staff shall recommend the
newly Hired employee/s record. HSE Staff/Trainer/dep. In-charge shall
acknowledge the receipt of the newly hired employee/s in the Training
record.

 The newly hired employee/s may proceed with actual job training. HSE Staff
shall provide Employees’ Qualification Data as Trainee.

TRAINING PROCEDURE FOR RANK & FILE EXISTING EMPLOYEE’S

Regular Employee:

 This performance if irregular will be evaluated on a Quarterly basis apprised on a


semiannually basis using performance Evaluation Criteria as a standard. HSE shall
inform department when regular employee reaches the evaluation period using
performance Evaluation Report.

Sub Contractual Employee

 When evaluation is completed, HSE staff and concerned department shall discuss
results with sub contractual employee whether to continue employment,
conditional employment or discontinue employment.
Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 84 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Their performance will be evaluated on a monthly basis using Performance


Evaluation criteria is a standard. HSE staff shall inform concerned department
when the sub contractual employee reaches the evaluation period using
Performance Evaluation report.

 When evaluation is completed, HSE staff and concerned department shall discuss
results with sub contractual employee whether to continue employment,
conditional employment or discontinue employment.

 HSE staff shall immediately inform the trainer to re- train the problem sub-
contractor employee after the conduct of training, he must record it using training
record.
 Trainer shall monitor the work of the problem subcontractor employee.

 Training effectiveness can be verified on the next performance evaluation.

Periodic Training

Contact information - Names, Phone number, Fax numbers of employees


supervisor and company personnel, including emergency contact information
necessary to give all employees
Introduce HSE rules to each employee to maintain a healthy and safe work place
 Rights & responsibilities – Explaining all employees responsibilities as
- Reporting of Accidents
- Reporting unsafe work condition
- Process for exercising their right to refuse un safe works

Explain HSE procedure to the employees


Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 85 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 First Aid – Introduce first aid providers, indicate areas first aid kits or room,
explain to employees how to summon first aid for themselves or for a co- worker
Explain the established company procedure and contact people for reporting any
injuries sustained by the employee

Emergency procedure trainings


Proper PPE Training

Post incident Training

ZOSCO will conduct an effective training to the employees if any incidents occur.
This training to prevent may accidents.

General training for employees should address the following:

 Individual roles and responsibilities;


 Threats, hazards, and protective actions;
 Notification, warning, and communications procedures;
 Emergency response procedures;
 Evacuation, shelter, and accountability procedures;
 Location and use of common emergency equipment; and
 Emergency shutdown procedures.

Training Records and Documentation


Training records will documented and include:
Title of training program
Date of training
Instructors name
Worker signature
 Location of the training e.g. training center, site…
Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 86 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Types of Training
General safety procedures & awareness
Hazard communication training
Field office ergonomics
Specific position related training

1. Training Methodology
The ZOSCO mentioned mainly 4 needs for training
1. Plan
2. Conduct
3. implement
4. Evaluation

2. Plan the Training


Everyone in the workplace has a part to play in Health and Safety, and therefore
requires training. Training should be compulsory for all levels of staff to ensure a
thorough level of understanding throughout the organization.
Adequate time must be allowed for training. Feedback from staff is important so that
the training does not remain in isolation. Staff training must be presented as an
essential part of working procedures and not merely.

Commitment from management is essential to the success of any training program and
senior staff should not be exempt from health and safety training.
The training should cover the following stages in employment, as a minimum:

New employee induction and those transferring between departments.


Job specific training for new starters.
Training to cover changes of job or new skills.
Reinforcing/updating.
Safe operating procedures for new processes or equipment.
Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 87 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
Document Class: Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

3. Conduct the Training


Need to conduct HSE trainings at right time like emergency situation, before new
work, introduce new equipment & weekly/monthly as per ZOSCO, HSE requires.

4. Implement the Training

 Understand legislative requirements for HSE


 Design and plan
 Maintain proper records
 Planning, Reporting & Monitoring

5. Evaluate the Effectiveness

HSE training is an important part of managing work place hazards and risks. Such
training may involve instruction on identifying HSE risks and how to control them,
learning about safe work place practices and how to properly use the Personal
Protective Equipment

This system review was conducted to determine whether HSE training and
education programs have a beneficial effect on workers and firms

ZOSCO Evaluate the following:

 Knowledge
 Attitude beliefs
 Behaviors
 Health symptom’s, Injuries/Illness
Title:

HSE Training Evaluation Form Page 88 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT- 010
Document Class: Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

HSE Training Evaluation Form

Course title: ………………………………………. Date: ……………….


Instructor: …………………………….
Department: ……………………………

S/No Content poor Fair Good Very Excellent N/A


Good
1 General assessment of course
2 Knowledge of Subject

3 Ability communicate

4 Ability to Answer the Question


5 Understanding of Audio-Visual

6 Group Discussion

7 Follow up for Training Lecture


8 Employee Capability
9 Discipline

10 Further Training Required Yes No

Comments: ……………………………………………………………………………………..

Department Head: Date: Signature:

HSE Supervisor: Date: Signature:


Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 89 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Sub-Contractor
Contents:

1. Training/Certificate

2. Safety Meetings

3. Hazards Understood

4. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)


Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 90 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

1. Training/Certificate

Provide at least the following evidence that your company’s employees receive
safety training job skills/craft competency training, and required certification.

 Written safety training program that includes: (1) a description of the basic
safety training courses (e.g., first aid, fire safety, hazard recognition, confined
space safety, driving safety) provided to your company’s employees, (2) how
these safety training course are delivered (e.g., in-house, third party), and (3)
which of these courses are required for each type of job (e.g., documented in a
safety training matrix or safety training plan).

 Written job skills/craft competency training program that includes: (1) a


description of the specific job skills/craft training courses required for each type
of job (e.g., HVAC technician, plumber, pipefitter, scaffolder, welder) that are
specific to their work, (2) how these job skills/craft training courses are
delivered (e.g., in-house and/or third-party), and (3) refresher training frequency.

 Recentrecords (at least 5) to verify proper implementation of your company’s


job skills/craft training program (e.g., signed attendance sheets, employee
training records).

 Sample copies of valid and current certificates earned by your company’s


personnel for each type of job that requires certification.
Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 91 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
Document Class: Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

2. Safety Meetings

Provide at least the following evidence that periodic safety communication


meetings (e.g., weekly safety meetings) are conducted, and that safety is an
agenda item at regular internal contractor management meetings:

 Written program (specifying responsibilities, requirements/procedures,


training, and recordkeeping) for periodic (e.g., weekly) safety
communication meetings.

 Recentrecords that periodic (e.g., weekly) safety communication meetings are


held including safety topics discussed and meeting frequency.

 Written program (specifying responsibilities, requirements/procedures,


training, and recordkeeping) for brief pre-job (“toolbox”) craft safety
meetings to address job-specific safety issues prior to beginning a different
work activity.

 Recentrecords to verify that safety is an agenda item at your regular internal


company management meetings.
Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 92 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
Document Class: Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

3. Hazard Understood
Provide at least the following evidence of your company’s procedures to identify
and mitigate safety and health hazards your employees may encounter while
performing contracted work.

 Written program (specifying responsibilities, requirements/procedures, training,


and recordkeeping) for identifying, evaluating, and controlling workplace
hazards (e.g., Hazard Identification Plan [HIP], Job Safety Analysis [JSA]).

 Recent records from previous jobs to verify that your company has actually
implemented Procedures to (1) identify, (2) evaluate, and (3) control workplace
hazards.

4. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Provide at least the following evidence of your company’s procedures for assessing
PPE needs, the specified quality/standards (e.g., ANSI) of each type of PPE
purchased, and employee training in the proper use of PPE.

 Written personal protective equipment (PPE) gram (specifying


responsibilities, requirements/procedures, training, and recordkeeping), as
well as a list of the specified standards (e.g., ANSI) for each type of PPE
purchased by your company.
 Records (e.g., purchase orders/invoices, copies of PPE labels/markings,
manufacturers
Literature) that each type of PPE purchased by your company actually meets
the above specified standards (e.g., ANSI).
 Records that PPE needs assessments are conducted for non-standard issue PPE
(e.g., other than hardhats, safety glasses, hearing protection, and safety shoes).
 Recent records (e.g., signed attendance sheets with topics covered) that training
is provided for your employees on the proper use of PPE.
Title:

Competence, Training and Awareness Page 93 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 003
Document Class: Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Annual HSE Training Plan


ZOSCO have proper annual HSE training plan to aware the employees about
Health, Safety & Environmental Protections in different internal and external
training programs.
(For annual planning & implementation details available in Annual HSE Training
Plan File)
Title:

HSE Communication Page 94 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 009
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.4.3 Communication
ZOSCO, HSE Communications

Overview:

 An effective and formal process to ensure the proper flow and exchange of
information is a key element to any well-managed organization. It is
particularly critical to HSE execution due to the importance of
communicating expectations, perform acne and risk throughout the
organization. In addition, the organization’s ability to effectively
communicate and involve the workforce will help ensure successful HSE
programs and culture.
 Both internal and external communication channels must be effectively
established. Internal communication is critical to success. A sound and
consistent process to engage key external stakeholders will ensure the
accuracy and effectiveness of external communication.

Requirements:

The organization implements a documented procedure for managing the internal


and external communications of HSE information and data. As a minimum, the
procedure must contain the following elements:
Description of the overall HSE communication strategy including internal and
external communication
Title:

HSE Communication Page 95 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 009
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Roles and responsibilities for organization leadership, HSE, Human Resources


(HR), communications and Legal functions
 A method for providing critical HSE information to the work force and so
eliciting and processing HSE information from the workforce,
 including communication within an organization (e.g. single site) and across
related organizations (e.g. multi-site business)
 A method to consult with and involve the workforce in HSE related matters in
their work environment such as work related risks, new and existing controls,
changes to controls or risk, and training plans.
 Where communication programs are required by government regulations, the
procedure and practice must be incompliance with these regulations
 A process for receiving, documenting and responding to HSE related
communication from external sources including external information
requests, complaints (including product related complaints)and
regulatory agency communications
 A process for receiving, documenting and responding to HSE related
communication from internal sources, including a method for employees
to report HSE concerns, issues or potential non-compliance anonymously
without fear of reprisal.
 If the organization chooses to proactively provide HSE information to external
parties including (but not limited to)customers, a method must be included in the
procedure describing what information will be provided and how it will be
approved and provided
 A specific plan for internal and external communication in the event of
emergency situations including, but not limited to serious employee injury,
environmental releases, and serious property loss
 Development of the procedure as well as final approval must include the
organization’s Communications Department.
Title:

HSE Communication Page 96 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 009
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

a) Internal Communication

communication among within organization, it shall include top level to low level and
low level to top level channel, the internal communication methods include

 Intranet
 Staff Meeting
 Employee Meeting
 Notice Boards
 Training
 Suggestion Box

Participation
 Suggestion box: - ZOSCO keeping suggestion box to understand the
employees and their needs.

 Rewards for valid suggestion: - ZOSCO will consider valid suggestions


and participate according to government laws.

b) External Communication

For external communication, ISO 14001 requires organization to have a procedure,


to cater the receiving, documenting and responding to relevant communication from
external interested parties.

Interested parties can be:

 Neighbor of Organization
 Port authority
 Resident nearby organization
 Contractors
 Visitors
 Suppliers
Title:

HSE Communication Page 97 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 009
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Consulting

 ZOSCO & Port Authority consulting several requirements, like, Duty


timing, Weather changing also regarding Summer schedule (break
time), Safety and Housekeeping consulting.
 ZOSCO consulting with supplies, visitors for regarding business and
development of organization.
Title:

Suggestion Record Format Page 98 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 011
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

S/N ID NO# Name Department Date Suggestions Action to be taken


Title:

HSE Documentation Page 99 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 010
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.4.4 Documentation

The ZOSCO HSE Management System is summarized in the HSE Manual. The
Manuel describes the following:

 Statements of policy, objectives and Targets.


 Description of the scope of HSE.
 Description of programs and responsibilities.
 Information of significant environmental aspects.
 Procedures.
 Process information.
 Organizational charts.
 Internal and External standards.
 Site emergency plan.
 Records.
Title:

HSE Control of Documents Page 100 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 011
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.4.5 Control of Documents

The control of document function has the responsibility to manage document


follow and storage is an organization through various functions and process these
include maintaining files and using maintaining files and using proper distribution.

Objective
To establish and maintain an effective and systematic control of all documents
being used in ZOSCO.

Scope
This procedure covers preparation, review, approval, registration, distribution,
disposal and revision of all documents.

Responsibilities
 The document controller is responsible for coordination of the revision
process of the HSE management system
 The department head is responsible for preparation of the document and the
turn over to the document controller for recording and numbering
 The HSE representative is responsible for reviewing the revision proposal
and HSE management system documentation
 The general manager is responsible in approving all documents generated by
the ship yard.
Title:

HSE Control of Documents Page 101 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 011
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Procedure
1. HSE Document identification
- Determines control measures to reduce risk & demonstrates
compliance with legislation.
2. HSE Document maintenance
- To renew revision & vision control, removal of absolute documents
retention & or authorized disposal.
3. Document approval
- This approval process out lined in the ZOSCO policy frame work.
4. Document publication & communication
- It is out lined in the HSE Manuel accordance with OHSAS 1800&
ISO 14001.
5. HSE Business record
- It is identified stored and maintained based on regulatory card
business requirements.
6. Visual of records
- Keep the records shall be legible, Identifiable & Traceable.
7. Protection of records
- ZOSCO regulatory maintains & implement a process for the
identification, storage, protection & retrieval.
8. Revision Record
- All revision should be recorded in the revision record, indicating
which sections, and/ or pages, have been changed.
Purpose
This purpose this procedure is to describe the document controls for HSE
management system documents generated or accessed in relation to activities
conducted by the ZOSCO organization
Title:

Master Document Register Page 102 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 012
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

S/N Document Name Document code Issue Date Issue By

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

Register of Document Change Page 103 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 013
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Document Old issue/ Modified Effective


Request No. Document Name Modification Summary New issue
Code Issue date pages issue date

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

Document Distribution List Page 104 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Description Copy Serial No No. Of

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

HSE Operational Control Page 105 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 012
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.4.6 Operational Control


 An implementing procedure, physical control, check list, employee
expertise, or other means of controlling operations to manage significant
HSE Aspects and/or legal and other requirements.
 Examples of physical controls can include valves, automatic shutoff devices,
engineered signage, etc.
 Operational controls, in the form of procedures, stipulate operating criteria.
Documented procedures are maintained as controlled documents.

Purpose

 The purpose to ensure the existence of HSE management controls by


providing guidance to the development, implementation and
maintenance of:
 Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) to minimize the impacts of the
significant HSE aspects, as well as the significant key characteristics of
operations;
 Operating criteria to be included in operating control procedures.
Scope
The organization shall determine those operations and activities that are
associated with the identified hazard(s) where the implementation of controls in
necessary to manage HSE risk(s).

 includes operations of ZOSCO:


 That are under the control or influence of ZOSCO
 That are associated with the significant environmental aspects
where a legal requirement exists, as well as;
Where an operating permit is required
Title:

HSE Operational Control Page 106 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 012
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Responsibility

 Schedule HSE Steering Committee meetings.


 Schedule meetings with Senior Management for review and
endorsement of operating criteria and Standard Operating Procedures
(SOPs).
 Ensure that minutes of all meetings are maintained and available in print and
on the HSE network share to the HSE Steering Committee;
 Ensure that current copies of the objectives, targets, and programs are
maintained electronically on the HSE.

The HSE Steering Committee - (or designated representatives) will:

 Facilitate the development of operating criteria and Standard Operating


Procedures (SOPs).
 Review and approve operating criteria and Standard Operating Procedures
(SOPs)

Management Change
If the management will brought any changes to the infrastructure, which shall be
according to the HSE Manual.
Title:

Page 107 of 329


HSE Operational Control

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL-012
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Waste Management
Waste management is all those activities and action required to manage waste from its
inception to its final disposal. This includes amongst other things, collection, transport,
treatment and disposal of waste together with monitoring and regulation.
Control of Waste
Control of waste there is mainly 5 methods
1. Recycling
2. Energy Recovery
3. Resource Recovery
4. Incineration
5. Landfill
1. Recycling
Recycling is a collection and reuse of waste materials such as empty beverage containers.
The materials from which the items are made can be reprocessed into new products.
Material for recycling may be collected separately from general waste using dedicated
bins and collection vehicles, the owner of the waste is required to separate the materials
into different bins (e.g. for paper, plastics, metals) prior to its collection.
2. Energy Recovery
Energy recovery from waste is the conversion of non-recyclable waste materials into
usable heat, electricity, or fuel through a variety of processes, including combustion,
gasification, and landfill gas recovery. This process is often called waste-to-energy.
Energy recovery from waste is part of the non-hazardous waste management hierarchy.
Using energy recovery to convert non-recyclable waste materials into electricity and heat,
generates a renewable energy source and can reduce carbon emissions by offsetting the
need for energy from fossil sources as well as reduce methane generation from landfills.
Title:

Page 108 of 329


HSE Operational Control

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL-012
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

3. Resource Recovery
Resource recovery is the systematic diversion of waste, which was intended for disposal,
for a specific next use. It is the processing of recyclables to extract or recover materials
and resources, or convert to energy. These activities are performed at a resource recovery
facility. Resource recovery is environmentally important, but it is also cost effective. It
decreases the amount of waste for disposal, saves space in landfills, and conserves natural
resources.
4. Incineration
Incineration is a disposal method in which solid organic wastes are subjected to
combustion so as to convert them into residue and gaseous products. This method is
useful for disposal of residue of both solid waste management and solid residue from
waste water management. Incineration is carried out both on a small scale by individuals
and on a large scale by industry. It is used to dispose of solid, liquid and gaseous waste. It
is recognized as a practical method of disposing of certain hazardous waste materials
(such as biological medical waste). Incineration is a controversial method of waste
disposal, due to issues such as emission of gaseous pollutants.
5. Landfill
Disposal of waste in a landfill involves burying the waste and this remains a common
practice. Landfills were often established in abandoned or unused quarries, mining voids
or borrow pits. A properly designed and well-managed landfill can be a hygienic and
relatively inexpensive method of disposing of waste materials.
Environmental protection
Environmental protection is a practice of protecting the natural environment on
individual and organizational levels, for the benefit of both the natural environment and
humans. Due to the pressures of industrial works, the biophysical environment is being
degraded, sometimes permanently.
Title:

Page 109 of 329


HSE Operational Control

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL-012
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Objectives

Ensure sustainable and equitable use of resources without degrading the environment
or risking health or safety
Prevent and control degradation of land, water, and air
Conserve and enhance natural including biological diversity of unique ecosystems
Improve condition and productivity of degraded areas
Raise awareness and understanding of the link between environment and development
Promote individual and organization participation

Methods of Environmental protections

1. Spill kits
2. Sewage Plant
3. Air Quality (Fume & Dust extraction)
4. Water discharge & Control
5. Energy Consumption

1. Spill kits

Hazardous materials may sometimes leak or spill, even when strict safety precautions
have been taken. Spill kits are used in these instances to clean up hazardous products so
they do not contaminate land or water. These kits may consist of absorbents that are
sprinkled on top of the spill or sponge-like fabrics that are placed around the spill in order
to contain it. The kit could also include protective equipment, such as goggles and gloves.
Title:

Page 110 of 329


HSE Operational Control
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL-012
Document Class: Level- 1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

2. Sewage Plant & Maintenance


Sewage is a major carrier of disease (from human wastes) and toxins (from industrial
wastes). The safe treatment of sewage is thus crucial to the health of any community.
This article focuses on the complex physical and biological treatments used to render
sewage both biologically and chemically harmless.
The sewage treatment plant is to provide for the purification of the sewage reaching it
and to so alter its nature that can be disposed of without nuisance and danger to the
health of human. In other words the main reason for treating sewage are:
 To protect the health
 To preserve the environment
 To provide efficient reuse of waste water
The treatment of wastewater is divided into three phases:
1. pretreatment
2. primary treatment
3. Secondary treatment.

Pre treatment
It is large solids (i.e. those with a diameter of more than 2cm) and grit (heavy
solids) are removed by screening. These are disposed of in landfills.

Primary treatment

It is the water is left to stand so that solids can sink to the bottom and oil and
grease can rise to the surface. The solids are scraped off the bottom and the scum is
washed off with water jets. These two substances are combined to form sludge.
Title:

Page 111 of 329


HSE Operational Control
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL-012
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Secondary treatment

The sludge is further treated in 'sludge digesters': large heated tanks in which its
chemical decomposition is catalyzed by microorganisms. The sludge is largely
converted to 'biogas'. The liquid is treated by bacteria which break down the
organic matter remaining in solution. It is then sent to oxidation ponds where
heterotrophic bacteria continue the breakdown of the organics bacteria. The role of
the laboratory a wide variety of analytical tests are used to determine the purity of
the wastewater at various stages of treatment so that the possibility of harm to
either the environment is minimized.
(For reference availability in Maintenance Department Manual)

3. Air Quality

The term “air quality” means the state of the air around us. Good air quality refers
to clean, clear, unpolluted air. Clean air is essential to maintaining the delicate
balance of life on this planet — not just for humans, but wildlife, vegetation, water
and soil. Poor air quality is a result of a number of factors, including emissions
from various sources, both natural and “human-caused.” Poor air quality occurs
when pollutants reach high enough concentrations to endanger human health
and/or the environment.

 Fume Extraction
 Dust Extraction

The fume & Dust extraction system consists of

Internal – Pump contaminated air & dust in to the environment outside the works
shops/Building

External – At source capture and filtration or exhaust ventilation system


Title:

Page 112 of 329


HSE Operational Control
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL-012
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4. Water discharge & control

The industrial water treatment systems are dynamic. The industrial constantly undergo
changes because of seasonal variations in water chemistry, varying plant operating
conditions, and other factors. Because of this, proper monitoring is essential to ensure
that the water treatment program applied to a wastewater or other industrial water system
is satisfactorily controlled so that the desired results were achieve.
Some of the value added benefits obtained through proper monitoring of a water
treatment program include:

 reduced risks associated, with chemical underfeed or overfeed


 continuing compliance with environmental regulations
 improved quality of plant operation
 increased water and energy savings
 improved plant productivity

The industrial water discharge is protecting the treatment plants from interference with
process operations and pass through of harmful pollutants; protecting the life, health, and
safety & environmental of operating and maintenance personnel; Ensuring the health,
safety, and welfare of the public; providing the opportunity for beneficial reuse of bio
solids; providing the opportunity for water reclamation. Reduce water discharge by
minimizing the wastes generated, reduce future environmental liability & reduce health
risks for its workers and improve, need to discharge industrial waste water safely without
harmful.

Energy consumption
Electric and electronic devices consume electric energy to generate desired output (i.e.
light, heat, motion, etc.) during operation, some part of the energy depending on
the electrical efficiency is consumed in unintended output, such as waste heat.
Title:

Page 113 of 329


HSE Operational Control

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL-012
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Automatic forecasting of energy consumption and demand

• Alerts that warn you when demand thresholds risk being


exceeded
• Isolating specific power-intensive activities that may choose to
reschedule to off- peak hours
• Automatic load shedding or on-site generation start-up

Power Factor Control


 An analysis of existing energy consumption records to determine where, how and
how much energy is being used in the plant. It will also seek to identify trends in
consumption data
 Maintained documents the maintenance department where the main areas of
energy consumption exist within the yard. This phase will identify any obvious
areas of wastage together with the most promising areas for potential savings
 A detailed analysis phase which will take the data obtained in the previous two
phases and prepare detailed plans for energy savings options. These plans will
include details on the energy use and cost of each stage of the production process
as well as costings and expected payback periods of the various energy saving
options proposed.
 Planning for Energy Efficiency
 Using of Energy Savings and Electric Motors
 Regular maintenance for Maintenance of Electric Motors
 Heat Recovery
 Using of Monitoring Equipment
Title:

Page 114 of 329


HSE Operational Control

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL-012
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Waste collection

It is a part of the process of waste management. It is the transfer of solid


waste from the point of use and disposal to the point of treatment or landfill. Waste
collection also includes the curbside collection of recyclable materials that
technically are not waste

There are five main types of waste that you need to know about so you can put the right
kind in the right bin for our collection teams:

 Food and garden waste (green Color)


 Mixed dry recycling (blue Color)
 Non-recyclable waste (black Color)
 Recycle Bin (yellow Color)
 Rubbish Bin (red Color)

Mechanism of Waste collection

 Monitoring
 Collection
 Transportation
 Processing
 Recycling disposal

Pollution prevention
Pollution prevention reduces the amount of pollution generated by a process,
whether it is consumer. In contrast to most pollution control strategies, which seek
to manage a after it is formed and reduce its impact upon the environment the
pollution prevention approach seeks to increase the efficiency of a process, thereby
reducing the amount of pollution generated
Title:

Page 115 of 329


HSE Operational Control

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL-012
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Noise control
Industrial noise control may involve other requirements, such as ventilation,
machine access, raw material input and parts overflow, fire protection, lighting and
installation without process disruption. Methods below mentioned:

 Curtains
 Barriers
 Baffles
 Damping Materials
 Sound Blanket
 Duct Lagging
 Composite Foam
 Silencers

Dust Collector
A dust collector is a system used to enhance the quality of air released from
industrial and commercial processes by collecting dust and other impurities
from air or gas. Designed to handle high-volume dust loads, a dust collector
system consists of a blower, dust filter, a filter• cleaning system, and a dust
receptacle or dust removal system. It is distinguished from air cleaners, which use
disposable filters to remove dust.
Dust collectors are used in many processes to either recover valuable granular
solid or powder from process streams, or to remove granular solid pollutants from
exhaust gases prior to venting to the atmosphere.
Fume and smoke collectors are used to remove sub• micrometer• size
particulates from the air. They effectively reduce or eliminate particulate
matter and gas streams from many industrial processes such as welding,
rubber and plastic processing, high speed machining with coolants,
tempering, and quenching.
Title:

Page 116 of 329


HSE Operational Control

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL-012
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

T yp e s
 Inertial separators
 Fabric filters
 Wet scrubbers
 Electrostatic precipitators
 Unit collectors

Function
Important parameters in specifying dust collectors include airflow the velocity
of the air stream created by the vacuum producer; System power, the power of
the system motor, usually specified in horsepower; Storage capacity for dust
and particles, and minimum particle size filtered by the unit. Other
considerations when choosing a dust collection system include the temperature,
moisture content, and the possibility of combustion of the dust being collected.
Title:

HSE Operational Control Page 117 of 329


(Waste Management)
Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-FMT-015
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

S/N Date Location Type of Waste Control/Disposal Remarks

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

Noise Monitoring Record Page 118 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT- 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 03-Mar-2016

Date:
Required Actual
Duration of
Procedure Location Limit L Aeq, T Limit Corrective Action
Monitoring
(dB) L Aeq, T (dB)

Note: Corrective action to be taken if the Noise level is more than the required limit of PME Regulation.

Measured By Date: Signature:

HSSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

Personal Protective Equipment Page119 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 004
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Personal Protective Equipment

Content:

1. Scope

2. Responsibility

3. The Procedure

4. General

5. Documents

 PPE Guide & Checklist

Scope

This procedure is implemented in line with Company Safety Policy & the
commitment thereof to provide protection for all ZOSCO personnel against the
work hazards they are exposed to when performing their jobs at all ZOSCO work
locations.

Responsibility

 The Unit Manager shall ensure adherence to this procedure by all the
personnel working at his work location whether ZOSCO personnel or
otherwise. He shall also ensure that required personal protective equipment
(PPE) is available at the work location & being used by all ZOSCO personnel.
 QM-HSE Dept. shall ensure that requirements by all ZOSCO work locations
are satisfied & shall audit the implementation of this procedure.
 ZOSCO Management shall provide the funds necessary to acquire the (PPE)
needed.
Title:

Personal Protective Equipment Page 120 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 004
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Procedure

Requisition & Implementation of PPE

 Personnel working at ZOSCO site, warehouses, bases, etc., shall be


provided with (PPE) necessary to perform their jobs &minimizing their
exposure to hazards.
 Each base, etc., shall issue Materials Requisition to acquire (PPE) needed for
the personnel working on site. Requisition shall be in line with the (PPE)
distribution matrix enclose herein.
 The Concerned Superintendent and/or Manager shall approve requisition for
(PPE) & shall also inspect the unit under his responsibility to ensure proper
use of the issued (PPE) by all ZOSCO & subcontractors personnel.
 Requisition shall be forwarded to Stock Control to revise available stock &
the two QM-HSE Dept. to register & revise required (PPE) in line with the
PPE distribution matrix.
 PPE required outside the normal issue by ZOSCO for special projects & or
type of work shall be approved & processed in the same manner as normal
issues. The reason being to standardize type & quality of PPE on all
ZOSCO site.
 The standardization & selection shall be done by QM-HSE Dept. in
cooperation with Operations Management. In some cases samples shall be sent
to selected site for test & feedback.
 Use of (PPE) shall be subject to audit & inspection by QM-HSE Dept., the
concerned Superintendent or Unit Manager at all ZOSCO work locations.
The non-adherence to proper use of PPE shall be considered an unsafe act
& shall be reported to the concerned Supervisor/Section leader. Repeated
violation should be reported to the concerned Unit Manager, who shall
determine the corrective/disciplinary action to be taken.
 New requirements by ZOSCO units or the clients shall be revised by
Operations
 Management & QM-HSE Dept. & shall be inserted in the PPE distribution
matrix.
Title:

Personal Protective Equipment Page 121 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 004
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Use of PPE

Safety Boots

 Safety boots are essential to reduce the number & severity of foot injuries.
They shall be used by all the personnel working in the technical& decks
sections.
 Safety foot wear with steel toes shall be used by personnel working in
service & support sections, who do not have to work at any of the areas
where use of safety boots is a must (classified hazardous areas).
 Rubber boots with steel toes shall only be used by personnel working in an
oil based mud environment or involved in the mixing of the chemicals on
site wash. Rubber boots should not replace the regular leather safety boots
when working outside the before mentioned conditions
 All foot wear shall be anti-skied

Safety Helmets

 Blue safety helmets (class A) shall be worn by all personnel in all work
areas where the wears of head protection is mandatory. Non-conductive
hard hats protect the wearer from impact & penetration from falling or
flying objects, & a limited degree from electric shocks & burns.
 Visitors (non ZOSCO personnel) should be provided with white safety
helmets on arrival, & these should be collected again as they leave.
 Newly hired personnel shall be provided with yellow safety helmets,
which shall be used for the duration of probation period (3 months) &
collected after this period.
Title:

Personal Protective Equipment Page 122 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 004
Document Class: Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Coveralls/Jackets

 ZOSCO water & oil treated blue long sleeved coveralls shall be provided
& must be worn by all personnel performing manual work e.g. Bases,
Workshops, etc., these should be kept by regular washing &
crewmembers should have a clean set available.
 Dirty, oily or water saturated clothing irritates the skin & may constitute
a fire hazard. Coveralls should not be too large since this it can constitute
a hazard.
 Thermal coveralls shall be issued to all field personnel who shall be
exposed to severe weather conditions during winter. Distribution shall be
according to PPE distribution matrix.
 Winter jackets shall be provided with light reflective straps.
 Welders shall be provided with special welding jackets & or aprons to
protect from sparks & heat.

Gloves

 Gloves should be used all the time. Gloves prevent minor injuries when
employees are handling rough materials, wires or skin irritants. Only short
fitting gloves should be worn. “Gauntlet” gloves are dangerous since they
can easily be caught in elevators, tong jaws or moving machinery, etc.
 Personnel working in oil based mud environment, & personnel working
in mixing of chemicals shall use rubber gloves.
 The type of gloves shall conform to the intended use e.g. gloves use for
mixing chemicals is not necessarily suitable in OBM environment.
Title:

Personal Protective Equipment Page 123 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 004
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Face & Eye Protection


 Eye protection is one of the most importance. An eye injury should receive
immediate medical attention. Even what appears to be a slight eye injury
could lead to more serious complications.
 Safety glasses shall be issued for all field personnel & it must be used.
 Safety goggles and or full face visor should be worn when chipping,
scraping, buffing, or breaking any metal or material that involves a flying
chip hazard; i.e. removing or replacing dies in pipe tongs, using grinders
etc. safety glasses should not be used as replacement of safety goggles, as
they do not provide the same protection as the safety goggles.
 Face shields & respirator masks should be worn when handling health
hazardous chemical, liquids, powders or vapors, creosoted materials,
molten metal, asphalt or bit mastic compounds. Adding caustic soda to
the mud is an example of health hazard.
 Employees wearing contact lenses should wear eye protection, & should
always be aware of the problems posed by contact lenses when attempting
prompt emergency treatment following the introduction of foreign material
into the eye.
 It is the responsibility of the individual employee to advise the site doctor
that contact lenses are worn. This should be prior to commencing the first
tour of each 14/28-day hitch.
 Special Welding goggles (shade no. 10) should be worn by anyone who
must work in the proximity of welding operations. When practical,
welders shall be provided with complete welding face shield including
head cover.
Ear Protection

 Exposure to high level of noise can damage human hearing permanently.


The effect is not always immediately noticeable, but could become
apparent over the years.
 Areas classified as noise hazard areas (noise level above 85 dB) shall be
identified & marked to warn employee of need for ear protection. All
employees working in these areas should wear ear protection.
 High noise zone identification marks shall be placed to designate areas
where use of ear protection is must.
Title:

Personal Protective Equipment Page 124 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 004
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Chemical Proof Clothing & Gloves

Employees mixing chemicals shall wear rubber gloves, a rubber apron (as
practical), and mask & rubber boots for personal protection. Again it is up to the
individual to ensure compliance with this company requirement & thus reduce on
the job accidents.

Breathing Apparatus

 Several sets of self-contained breathing apparatus (B.A.) are available on


each of the company units. Location of these sets is shown on the safety
layout of the site.
 Training in the use of this equipment is given in the induction training
both at the ZOSCO Training Center & at the site. Personnel should not
use this equipment unless they have previously had this training.
 Personnel using breathing apparatus must always work in pairs, both
fully equipped.

Special PPE

Personnel performing certain jobs shall be provided with adequate PPE to protect
them against hazards related to these specific jobs.
These PPE shall be used for the duration of the said job & restored when this job
is finished.

Following are examples of this special PPE:


 Full body harness for personnel working aloft (height 2 meters).
 Man-riding full body harness for personnel performing man-riding
operations.
 Disposable coveralls for painters working in confined areas such as pre-
load tanks.
 Survival jacket for deck personnel when loading or unloading from
supply vessels.
 Vests with reflective straps for banks-men & HLO’s.
 Waterproof coats with hoods to be used during winter times.
 Nonconductive gloves for electricians.
 Set of winter clothes shall be provided per PPE matrix
Title:

Personal Protective Equipment Page 125 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 004
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

It is the responsibility of each employee to keep the issued PPE in good working
condition, through proper use, storage & maintenance. However if the PPE is
damaged due to work or fair wear & tear, they shall be replaced immediately

 General

 Site shall maintain a mini-stock of PPE for urgent use/immediate replacement


of lost or damaged PPE.
 PPE issued from the base warehouse shall be replenished by Head Office
Warehouse.
 It is not acceptable at any time that personnel work with defective PPE.

 Documents

 Appendix A: PPE Guide & Checklist


Title:

Page 126 of 329


Personnel Protective Equipment Check List
Revision: 1
Document Class: Level 3 Document No: HSE-CHK-001
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Work Area(s): Job/Task(s):


(Use a separate sheet for each task)
Assessment Conducted by: D
Exposed Body Hazard Type(S) Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) Required
Part
Can hazard(S) be adequately controlled with engineering and administrative controls? Yes No if
 Falling /Flying Objects
no, Specify PPE:
 Harmful Dusts
1o Protection 2o Protection
 Extreme Heat/Cold (burns, frostbite)
 Eye/Face  Chemical (irritation, burns, exposures)
 Safety Glasses (w/1o Protection)
 Goggles Face Shield
 Optical (light) Radiation
 Filter Lances – Shade: (2-14) Welding Helmet
 Biological (exposures to mucus membranes)
 Laser Goggles –OD: (5-8)
Can hazard(S) be adequately controlled with engineering and administrative controls? Yes No if
 Chemical (irritation, burns, exposures)
no, Specify PPE:
 Scrapes/Cuts/Punctures
 Chemical/Liquid Resistant Gloves Specify:
 Extreme Heat/Cold (burns, frostbite)
 Hand /Arm  Electrical Shock/Burn
 Temperature Resistance Gloves
 Abrasion /Cut/ Puncture resistance Gloves
 Biological (exposures to mucus membranes)
 Slip Resistance Gloves
 Radiological
 Non Conductive Gloves
 Chemical
 Respiratory  Harmful Dusts Can hazard(S) be adequately controlled with engineering and administrative controls? Yes No if
 Biological no, Contact RM&S@
Tract 621-1570 regarding Respiratory Protection Program.
 Radiological

 Excessive Noise (consider if you must raise voice to Can hazard(S) be adequately controlled with engineering and administrative controls? Yes No if
no, Contact RM&S@
 Hearing communicate @ 3 feet)
621-1570 regarding Hearing Conservation Program and Specify PPE.
 Chemical (affecting auditory nerve)
Ear plugs type NRR Ear muffs type NRR
Can hazard(S) be adequately controlled with engineering and administrative controls? Yes No if
 Falling Objects
no, Specify PPE:
 Head  Electrical Shock/Burn
 Hard hat- type (A-low voltage, B – high Voltage or C)
 Bumping against fixed objects
 Bump Hat (not for falling /flying objects – not ANSI approved)
Can hazard(S) be adequately controlled with engineering and administrative controls? Yes No if
 Falling /Rolling Objects
no, Specify PPE:
 Punctures
 Safety Shoes Toe/ Metatarsal Guards Specify:
 Foot/Leg  Chemical
 Leggings Combo. Foot/Shin Guards
 Extreme Heat/ Cold(burns, frostbite)
 Shoe Covers Conductive Shoes
 Electrical Shock/Burn (contact w/electrical hazards)
 Other Non- Conductive Safety Shoes
Title:

Personnel Protective Equipment Check List Page 127 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK- 001
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Chemical Can hazard(S) be adequately controlled with engineering and administrative controls? Yes No if
 Harmful Dusts no, Specify PPE:
 Extreme Heat/ Cold (burns, frostbite, heat/cold stress)  Apron Lab Coat
 Body  Electrical Shock/Burn  Coverall Gown
 Radiological  Vest Full- Body Suit
 Biological (exposure to damaged skin)  Jacket Personnel Fall Arrest System
 Falls (consider when working 4 feet above lower surface)  Other

Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) Training


(Check)
 When the PPE specified on the opposite page is necessary.
 What PPE necessary for the task specified on the opposite page.
 How to properly don, doff, adjust, and wear the PPE specified on the opposite page.
 The limitations of the PPE.
 The proper care, maintenance, useful life and disposal of the PPE.

I have provided the following employees training on the above information and they demonstrate an understanding of the training.

Supervisor’s Name: Supervisor’s Signature: Date:


Employee’s Name: Employee’s Signature: Date:
Employee’s Name: Employee’s Signature: Date:
Employee’s Name: Employee’s Signature: Date:
Employee’s Name: Employee’s Signature: Date:
Employee’s Name: Employee’s Signature: Date:
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 128 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class: Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Confined Space Entry Procedure (CSEP)

Contents:
1. Scope
2. Definitions
3. Training
4. Non-permit Spaces
5. Authorizations
6. Special Considerations
7. Responsibilities
8. Preparation for Entry
9. Clean the vessel
10. Test the Atmosphere inside the Permit Space
11. Evaluate Radiation Hazard
12. Obtain a CSEWP
13. Provide Proper Safety Equipment & Tool.
14. Actual Entry
15. Hand & Arms Entry
16. Documents

Appendix A: Atmospheric Monitoring Gas


Appendix B: Radiography Permit
Appendix C: Confined Space Entry & Work Permit
Appendix D: Confined Space Decision Matrix
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 129 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Scope

This procedure contains the basic rules to protect personnel from the
hazards of entry into confined spaces (CS). Common hazards include
oxygen deficiency, flammable vapors, toxic substances, difficulty in
escaping, rotating parts, & electrical shock.
Examples of CS include tanks, vessels, certain pits, ditches, sewers,
excavations, & vessel support skirts.
Entry will be allowed only after compliance with the specific policies of this
procedure.

To assist individuals in their efforts to determine which protection systems are


required for various confined space condition, decision matrix has been
included at the end of the procedure.
Definitions
A confined space is a location that:

Is large enough & so configured that an employee can enter & perform
assigned work.
Has limited or restricted means for entry & exit.
Is not designed for continues employee occupancy.
Examples include:
Tanks, vessels, storage bins, hoppers, vaults, pits, manholes, & ports,
including any piping large enough to enter.
Pits, dikes, ditches, or excavation more than feet deep that require
personnel to work with their heads below the rim
A confined space is a confined space that has one or more of the following
characteristics:
Contains, or has a potential to contain, hazardous atmosphere
Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing the entrant.
Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be tapped or
asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or by a floor that slopes
downward & tapers to a smaller cross section
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 130 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Examples are tank cars, tanks (open or closed top), & boilers.
A non-permit required confined space (non-permit space) is a confined
space that does not contain, or have the potential to contain, any hazards
except atmospheric hazards, & these hazards are not capable of causing
death or serious physical harm (some dikes, most excavations) Agitated
equipment means all vessels or spaces that contain rotating parts. Permit
space entry is the action by which a person passes through an opening into a
permit space. Entry includes ensuring work activities in that space & is
considered to have occurred as soon as any part of the entrant’s body breaks
the plane of an opening into the space.
Training
Training must be provided for all employees who:

Authorize entry: Engineer who will be referred to as Person in Charge


(PIC).
Supervise entrants (work group supervisor)
Enter permit spaces
Serve on the rescue team
Certified gas tester (when applicable).

Non-permit Spaces:
Entry into non-permit spaces must be in accordance with all the provisions of
this procedure, except:

A permit is not required.


The atmosphere inside the space does not have to be tested unless
required other site procedures.

The following spaces have been identified as non-permit spaces:

Confined spaces below slurry storage tanks.


Water clarifiers at water treatment.
Oxidation flue reservoirs when drained.
Dikes not exceeding 5-feet in height.
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 131 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Authorizations:
All entries, including non-permit spaces, require the approval of:
 The PIC or his or her designee.
 The work group supervisor of the personnel making the entry, or his or her
designee.

When contract personnel are performing the work, approval must be given by:
 The contractor foreman of personnel making the entry, or his or her
designee.

Where radiation devises are involved, approval must be given by:

 The Person in Charge of the radioactive materials.


A confined space entry work permit (CSEWP) must be issued by the PIC
before personnel can enter a permit space. Before any work is done, the
work must be reviewed with the PIC, or his or her designee. The PIC or
designee indicates approval of the work by signing the permit in the
appropriate place.

 Each tag/permit is valid for only one shift & should be executed on
that shift before starting work.
 Upon completion of the shift or job, the permit must be given to the PIC of
the unit by the supervisor (or designee) of the personnel making the entry
for sign-off.
 The permit must be retained for at least 12 months for auditing purposes.
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 132 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Special Consideration:

PIC supervision & supervisor of employees who will work on the job (including
contractors) should consult with each other & agree on minimum precautions
necessary for safe execution of the job.
All spaces into which employees must never enter should be identified by
permanently posted warning signs.
Entry under Vessels Having Support Skirts or Similar Confinements The space under
some columns & other vessels is confined by support skirts, structural steel, or other
obstacles.
PIC supervision should have a list of all vessels for which entry into this
confined space requires use of the Permit-Required Confined Space Entry
Procedure. This list should also be included in the area safely rules.
 The vessel skirt or confining obstacles must be labeled “Permit-Required
Confined Space-Entry Permit Required”, relevant safely sign can be used
instead.
Responsibilities:

The PIC & relevant Section Leader (Applicant) is responsible for:

Ensuring that the vessel has been properly cleaned & prepared for entry.
Locking & tagging all power-driven equipment.
Ensuring that rotary equipment is secured.
Ensuring that the internal moving part parts are secured to prevent them
from turning.
Ensuring that blanking, disconnecting, or capping of all pipelines attached
to a vessel is complete.
Ensuring that all isolation valves in the involved pipelines are set in the
required positions & are properly tagged and/or locked.
Ensuring that testing for oxygen deficiency, explosive atmosphere, and
toxic materials is complete.
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 133 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Ensuring that all permits, JSA etc. have been properly executed, signed &
issued.
Obtaining agreement with work group supervision on the minimum
precautions needed to safely perform the work. This should be covered in
the job JSA form.
Providing qualified standby personnel.
Providing proper safely equipment & tools

Work group supervisor is responsible for:

Ensuring that lock out is performed properly by the designated person IE


Mech./Elect./ etc.
Ensuring that rotating equipment has been properly immobilized and/or
reenergized & locked/tagged.
Ensuring that all involved pipeline valves are set in the required position
& are properly locked/tagged (lines disconnected, blanket, or capped).
Ensuring that areas radiation procedures are followed.
Ensuring that all permit requirements have been met & that the CSEWP has
been signed.
Ensuring that minimum personal protective equipment is used.
Obtaining agreement with PIC on the minimum precautions needed to
perform the work safely through the issue & use of CSWEP & the
corresponding JSA for the job.

Employee(s) performing the work are responsible for:

Visually checking the tagging on all valves (unless under group tag) in
their required position, blanks, & disconnections on pipelines feeding the
vessel.
Ensuring that radiation procedures are followed.
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 134 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Wearing required personnel protective equipment.


Reading & understanding the permit requirements, & ensuring
that all permit requirements have been points.
Understanding the duties of the standby employee.
Tagging all entrance & exit point.

Employee(s) on duty as standby must:

 Remain at the entry point as long as anyone is in the tank, & remain alert
for anything that could affect the employee’s safety (e.g. fumes & noise)
Have wristlets or a safety harness, plus a lifeline, & BA set, in
accordance with the agreed safety precautions in the job JSA & work
permit.
Know who is in the permit space at all times. Frequently confirm that they
are all right. Alert them to any hazards. Prevent fouling of air hoses or
lifelines. During a gas release or an area fire alarm, require them to exit to
the tank & then discontinue use of site air.
Assist in handling materials & tools, & in conveying messages.
Use the falcon horn to summon help in case of emergency. Have someone
turn in the fire alarm. The standby must not enter the permit space, even in an
emergency, until another qualified standby arrives, & unless he or she has
been trained as rescuer. The standby must not allow anyone to enter the
permit space to perform a rescue unless he or she is part of the designated
rescue & is wearing the necessary personal protective equipment.

Preparation for Entry:

Cleaning.

The PIC is responsible for ensuring that proper emptying, cleaning, & purging all
permit space before entry is permitted.
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 135 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Isolating Permit Spaces:

a. Physically disconnect & blank all process material lines, including nitrogen
purging or padding lines. Includes the steam, water, or other coolants in coils
of permit spaces to be entered.

b. Air, water, or steam lines may be blanked or disconnected. Where steam lines are
blanked, a line break or open bleed valve ahead of the blank required, the valve
should have a “Caution- Do Not Operate” tag.

c. Ventilation ducts or stacks open to the atmosphere must be evaluated by


the team manager of the personnel preparing the space for entry to ensure
proper protection is provided.

 When the stack or duct is in dedicated service to the space being. Entered & is
open to the atmosphere, blanking or disconnecting the stack or duct is not
necessary.
 If the stack or duct is left open, any other line to the stack or duct should
be disconnected or blanked.
 When the stack or duct is shared with other vessels through a common header,
the duct or stack must be disconnected or closed with a blank equivalent strength
& material of construction as the duct or stack.

Lockout

 All power-driven equipment associated with the permit space must be locked out
in accordance with the Energy Isolation Procedure.
 Agitated equipment must physically disconnect from the power source &
tagged, even though the work may not involve that particular piece of
equipment.

Obstructions:

The areas surrounding the access to permit spaces should be maintained in a


safe housekeeping condition.
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 136 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Access must not be blocked with equipment or materials that would interfere
with safe aggress form the permit space.
 Lines, cords, hoses, etc., must be properly arranged & secured to prevent
tripping hazards.

Equipment:

The following safety equipment may be required for permit space entry jobs:

 An explosimeter with sufficient hose to reach the bottom of the tank from the man
way.
 A multi warm with sufficient hose to reach the bottom of the confined space
from the man way.
 If equipment is entered by means of a ladder, the ladder must remain firmly placed
& tied while individuals are in the equipment.
 A safety drop light (low voltage-bulb guarded) or equipment with a ground
fault circuit interrupter, if additional lighting is required.
 A safety harness & rope for every individual who will enter the permit space &
two for emergency use, unless exempted by the job JSA.
 An air mask & emergency breathing apparatus (Escape Pak for immediate danger
to life & death [IDLH] for every individual who will enter the permit space & two
of each for emergency use. This applies to permit spaces when air mask are
required.)
 A Falcon alarm horn. If used, the Falcon horn must be briefly sounded to ensure
the open a properly executed CSEWP must be displayed at the job site, if a permit
is required.
 An air mover or exhausts for welding or burning jobs or where hazards can be
controlled by the ventilation.
 Protective clothing as required ability.

Use Tag-out Check List:

A tag-out Checklist should be prepared, signed by PIC, & posted at the work
site. No delegation of tag-out responsibilities is permitted.
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 137 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Clean the vessel:


It is the responsibility of Section Leader/Applicant and/or work group supervisor to
ensure that vessel cleaned prior to entry by purging, steaming, draining, washing, or
neutralizing, as necessary. When it is necessary to enter a vessel to clean it out &
there is any possibility of toxic fumes being released from pockets of crusty or
sludgy material, the necessary personal protective
& respiratory equipment must be worn.

Test the Atmosphere Inside the permit space:


The atmosphere inside the permit space must be checked for proper oxygen content
& to ensure that no flammable vapors or toxic gases are present.
The test must be conducted the following order:
O2 (oxygen)
Lower Explosive Limit (LEL)
 Toxic Gases “H2S”

Consideration must be given to the work to be performed & any conditions


nearby that could cause on oxygen deficiency, create a flammable atmospheric,
or form toxic gases.

Oxygen:

The oxygen test must be made by a properly trained & qualified person no more
than 30 minutes before initial entry, at least every two hours thereafter for acute
hazards & up to 4 hours for non- acute hazards, & after any work stoppage (breaks,
lunch):
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 138 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Test reading should be taken at several locations & levels within the permit
space.
 A reading of greater than 19.5 percent & less than 22.5 percent is required. If
the oxygen concentration is within the acceptable limits between 19.5 & 22.5
percent, & provided all other conditions are acceptable, personnel may elect
not to wear a breathing device. An air-line mask with a 15-minute Escape
Park must be provided for the standby employee at the job site to be used in
case of emergency.
 When the oxygen content is outside acceptable limits (below 19.5 percent or
above 22.5 percent) or when air contamination is suspected, check the air for
toxic materials. Correct the situation causing their presence, & use positive
(forced air) ventilation to improve the quality of air in the vessel.
 Results of this test must be recorded on the CSEWP & signed by the
employee performing the test.
 Continuous O2 monitoring may be required on some jobs, such as interior
welding on small tanks.
 If any materials that could affect the safety of the employee (e.g., solvent
vapor) are introduced into the vessel after it has been properly prepared for
entry, forced air blowers should be used & continuous oxygen test should be
made.

Explosive Atmosphere:

An explosimeter must be used by qualified personnel to test the air in a permit


space at several elevations or locations no more than 30 minutes before initial
entry, at the beginning of each shift, after lunch, & as required while the work
proceeds. Results of the explosion test must be entered on, or attached to, the
CSEWP. Testing procedures are as follows:

 If the meter indicates more than 0 percent, the source of flammable vapor
must be identified & removed, if possible. If a minor vapor source (such as a
small amount of polymer) cannot be removed, supervisor must evaluate the
degree of hazard & need for additional precautions & then allow entry only
after determining that work can proceed safely.
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 139 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 In no case shall entry be permitted if the meter indicates as much as 10


percent of the LEL.
 A lack of oxygen will notify the function of the meter; therefore, this test
must not be made unless acceptable oxygen readings are obtained.

Toxic Materials:

When presence of toxic materials or fumes is known or suspected in a permit space,


entry must not be permitted until the concentration of the material is determined.
Results of the toxic materials test must be entered on or attached to the CSEWP.

 Each area will develop procedures & utilize appropriate testing


equipment for determining the concentrations of toxic materials
used in that area.
 Test must be made at several elevations or locations no more than 30
minutes before initial entry, at the beginning of each shift, after lunch, & as
required while the works proceed. Will not be permitted unless the
employee wears proper protective equipment, which includes a 15-minutes
Escape pak. If the concentration exceeds the IDLH.
 If the concentration exceeds the exposure limit (threshold limit value [TLV],
permissible exposure limit [PEL], or allowable exposure limit [AEL]), entry
will not be permitted unless the employee wears proper protective equipment,
which includes a 15-minutes Escape pak. If the concentration exceeds the
IDLH concentration, entry will not be permitted unless the employee wears
proper protective equipment, which includes a 15 minute Escape Pak or air-
line mask & 5-minutes Escape Pak, & utilizes a properly executed Especially
Hazardous Work Permit.
 Refer to material safety data sheets for exposure limits & IDLH concentrations
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 140 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Evaluate Radiation Hazard:


Entry into spaces that have potential for a radiation hazard must be reviewed &
approved by the site RPO or his or her alternate.
PIC, the RPO, supervisor of personnel entering the permit space, & each individual
entering will lock & tag the shutter device shielding & radiation source or have the
source removed.
Provide Standby Personnel:

 Each entry must have a standby stationed outside the entry point. The
duties of the standby are as follows:
 Know potential hazards.
 Be aware of the effects of hazards on entrants.
 Summon rescue services when needed.
 Keep unauthorized persons from entering the space.
 Perform rescues that do not require entry into the space.
 Before personnel enter, standby personnel must be familiar with the location of
the:
 Telephone, if available nearby.
 Safety shower.
 Exit.
 Fire & fume alarm boxes.
 Escape Packs, if available
 Standby personnel must be in continuous contact with the personnel in the
space (by sight, verbal communication, etc.). When a radio is used for
communication, a radio check must be made every 5 minutes.
 Standby personnel must have immediately available the same protective
equipment as those entering the permit space. If fresh air masks &
emergency breathing apparatus are being worn in the permit space, the
standby personnel must have such equipment immediately available.
 Standby personnel must be physically capable of performing the duties
assigned.
 Standby personnel are responsible for stopping & seeing that personnel
exit from the permit in the event that a site fire or fume alarm is sounded.
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 141 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Obtain CSEWP:
No one may enter a permit space until a CSEWP has been properly executed &
authorized. The permit may be initiated, but not authorized, by any supervisor who
will participate in the job.
Approval & signature on the CSEWP should be in accordance to the Work Permit
procedure in this manual. Additional check lists shall be used & approved as
appropriate.
Persons Entering the Permit Space, each person including supervision who intends to
enter must:

 Obtain authorization of his or her immediate supervisor


 Read & understand the requirements on the CSEWP.
 Lock & tag as required by this procedure.
 Wear the required personal protective equipment.

Note: Each person intending to enter the permit after the job has begun must
follow all of the above steps & also notify Section Leader/PIC & work group
supervision.

Post the CSEWP:

A properly executed an approved CSEWP must be posted at the job site, if


entering a permit space.

Know When the Permit is canceled:

The CSEWP is automatically canceled when a fire alarm, gas release alarm, or
disaster alarm sounds in the area, or when the shift ends.
If an on-site rescue team is utilized, each team member must be properly trained to use
all rescue & related personal protective equipment for making rescues from all
permitted spaces. All team members must receive hands-on training in making
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 142 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

permitted space rescues. All team members must have had basic first-aid &
cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) training. Training records must be maintained.

If an outside rescue team is utilized, PIC is responsible to ensure that the outside
team is adequately trained & appropriately equipped & staffed to make a rescue
commensurate with the permitted activities.
Provide Proper Safety Provide Proper Safety:
Safety equipment required for a job must be indicated on the CSEWP. Before
entry can proceed, equipment must be available at the entry point for each person
who is to enter &for each standby employee. Safety equipment will be checked
before each use to be sure equipment has not exceeded its usable date.

 Safety Wristlets/Harness &Lifeline: Each person is the permit space must


wear safety wristlets or a harness & lifeline at all times. If the work cannot be
performed with the lifeline attached, the appropriate block of the CSEWP
must be checked by the CP, authorizing the permit. Two extra sets of
harnesses & lifelines for emergency use must be available on site. The
lifeline must be kept available at the permit space entry point with one end
secured outside the tank.
 Canister Masks: Canister masks are not approved for confined space entry.
 Falcon Horn: A falcon horn must be kept available for immediate use by the
standby employee (when applicable).
 Lighting equipment (& wiring) inside the confined space: Must carry no
more than 12 volts, equipment requiring more than 12 volts to operate should
be used only with a ground-fault circuit interrupter. The transformer should
be located outside the permit space
 Power Tools: Normally only pneumatic or low-voltage (12 volts or less)
electric power tools are allowed in a permit space. Electric tools with higher
voltage can be used if the PIC superintendent & safety grant authorization in
writing on the CSEWP. Power for such tools must be supplied from a ground-
fault interrupter located outside the permit space. Only tool air supply must be
used. The use of nitrogen is strictly forbidden.
 Two-Way Radios: Two-way radios will be used when the standby employee
cannot maintain visual or audible contact with a person in the permit space.
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 143 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Welding: When welding or burning inside a vessel, it is critical that adequate


breathing air be provided to avoid gas pockets & fumes. When breathing air is
deficient or it is necessary to weld while wearing an acid suit, a special air supply
welder’s hood must be used. The supervisor of the employee doing the welding or
cutting must initiate & approve the necessary procedures for this work. Continuous
monitoring for oxygen deficiency, oxides of nitrogen & other toxic gases, &
explosive conditions must be provided to further ensure a safe atmosphere.

 Cylinders & Welding Machines: When welding or cutting is to be done inside a


permit space, all cylinders &welding machines should be left outside the permit
space.
 Protective Coatings: All protective coatings should be removed at least 2 feet
from either side of a weld prior to making that weld.

 Hot Work Permits: Use of an arc or open flame requires a Hot Work Permit to be
displayed at the work site. A fire extinguisher should be available nearby.

Actual Entry:

All personnel entering the space must review the posted requirements on the
CSEWP, & make all the required safety checks as required by the CSEWP &
relevant tag-out check list before entering the permit space.
All personnel who enter permit spaces must understand the hazards, to which
they may be exposed, properly use necessary equipment, & communicate with
the standby. Any individuals joining a job already under way in a permit space
equipped with agitated equipment must check the physical disconnect of the
motor leads before they sign the CSEWP & enter the permit space. Each
individual working on equipment is responsible to ensure that it is safe for him or
her to proceed with the work.
Title:

Confined Space Entry Procedure Page 144 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Individual leaving the permit space & job must cross out their names.
Lifelines used in vessels greater than 12 feet in depth shall be kept snubbed with
minimum slack so that the standby person can provide sufficient support to
prevent individuals from falling from the ladder when entering or leaving the
vessel. Lifelines that have been disconnected in the tank should be reconnected
to the individual prior to exiting the vessel or permit space.
Job space must be considered when determining how many persons are
permitted to enter.
Contractor personnel performing work in a permit space must follow the
provisions of the Confined Space Entry Procedure.

Hands & Arms Entry:

Breaking the plane of the permit space with the hands & arms only requires
 Standby
 Applicable permits
 Personal protective equipment, as necessary
Atmospheric testing is not required if the head will not break the plane of the
space.
Non-entry rescue is preferred & should be used whenever possible.
If entry is required for rescue, the personnel will wear personal protective
equipment to protect against the hazards.
The emergency team is designated as the site rescue service & should be
trained accordingly.
The emergency team should practice rescues from each type of permit space on
the site annually.

Documents:

 Atmospheric monitoring log “Appendix A”


 Radiography Permit “Appendix B”
 Confined Space Entry & Work Permit “Appendix C”
Title:

Atmospheric Gas Monitoring Page 145 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 002
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Date: …………………………..

Vessel Name: ………………………….

Tank No: ………………………………….

Location of work: ……………………………

Certificate validity: 12:00 Hours

Inspector
Date Time O2% LEL% H2S ppm CO ppm Other
Signature

19.5 –
Acceptable Rating
23.5% <10% 10 ppm 35 ppm

HSE Supervisor: HSSE Manager:

Name: Name:

Signature: Signature:
Title:

Radiography Permit Format Page 146 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT- 017
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Date: ……………………. Duration From:…………… To:……………


Radiography Type:…………………………………………………………………………………………...

Location(s):

This is to permit the………………………………………………………………………………………….

RADIOGRAPHY at the stated locations (s) provided that:


 WARNING TAPE TO BE INSTALLED AROUND DEMARCATING THE SAFE DISTANCE:
 WARNING LIGHTS TO BE INSTALLED TO AWARE THE EMPLOYEES:
 ENSURE NO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONAL DURING RADIOGRAPHY.

Remarks: No any authorized person within 20m range

Signature of Engineer Issuing Authority/Date/Time of Issue

Name: Signature/Name/Department
====================================================
MAN ENTRY PERMIT

This is to certify that the locations listed below have been checked for sufficient Oxygen content and are, in my
opinion, safe for ENTRY ONLY.(Maintain adequate ventilation and sufficient illuminations are maintained
throughout the operation).

Location(s):

Signature of Supervisor Signature of Department Head

Issuing Authority/Date/Time of Issue Issuing Authority/Date/Time of Issue

Signature/Name/Department
HSE Manager
Title:

Work Permit Page 147 of 329


Revision: 3
Document No: HSE-FMT- 018
Document Class:Level-3 Effectivity Date: 01-Nov-2015

Permit S / N: Permit validity (max. 12 hrs)

Hot Work Cold Work Confined Space Work


Working at Height Electrical works H.V L.V
Date: / /
Time Start: …………….……………………… Time End: ………………………..……..
Department: ………………………..………… Vessel Name: ……………………………
Location of work :…………….……………….…………………..………………………………………………….....................................
Equipment & Tool: ……………………………………………….………….……….…………………………...………………………….
Description of Work ………….: ……………………………………………….:.………….: ………………………………………………
Protective Equipment’s Required Worksite Preparation
Yes No Yes No
Helmet/Safety shoes/ coverall Conflict with other work
Eye Protection Check Boundary Spaces
Ear Protection Adequate Illumination
Respiratory Protection Adequate Ventilation
Breathing Apparatus Atmosphere Check
Working /Welding Gloves Tool Box meeting
Fire Hose
Fire Extinguisher
Fire Blanket
Life Jacket / Work Vest
Fire Watcher
Name Of Fire Watcher (s) Reviewed by HSE Site Supervisor
Signature : Name & Signature :

Special Precautions / Instructions to Be Followed


……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Gas Test Results
Repeat Gas Test Every ( ) Hrs. Reading Time Tester's Name / Signature
Oxygen % Accepted Reading (19.5 - 23.5 %)
LEL % Accepted Reading (0 - 10 % )
H2S Accepted Reading (0.1 ppm)
CO Accepted Reading (8.1 ppm)
Person(s) Work In Confined Space:
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
Stand By Person:
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Permit Holder Permit Authority
I have read, understand and will I have checked permit details, protection required and special
Comply with all conditions above precautions and have personally inspected the work area
Name: Name:
Signature: Signature:
Permit Issuer
I authorize this work under the specified work precautions and conditions
HSE Site Supervisor: Signature: HSE Engineer: Signature:
Cancellation
Work Completed : Permit returned by person doing the work (Worksite and equipment’s left clean and safe)
Work Not Completed: Permit returned by person doing the work (Worksite and equipment’s left clean and safe)
Work Not Safe
HSE Dept. Name: Signature:
Concern Dept. Name: Signature:
White Color (Permit holder) Red color (HSE Dept.) Yellow color (Ship coordinator) Blue color (On board)
Title:

Welding & Cutting. Page 148 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 013
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Welding & Cutting.

Contents:

1. General Safety Precautions

2. Work Permit

3. Gas Cylinders

4. Handling Gas Cylinders

5. Handling Valves & Regulators

6. Handling Gas Cylinder Gauges

7. Handling Gas Cylinder Hose

8. Procedures When Lighting Torch

9. Procedures When Using Compressed Gas Equipment

10. Arc Welding


Title:

Welding & Cutting. Page 149 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 013
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

General Safety Precautions:


Use welding or cutting equipment with caution; it can cause numerous fires. The
use of welding or cutting equipment is restricted to non-hazardous areas. No
welding or cutting is to take place without a “Work Permit” approved by the PIC.

Before welding or cutting takes place near oil-saturated area, the area should be
washed down thoroughly & soaked in water prior to commencing the job. No
welding or cutting will be allowed on any tank, pump or lines containing flammable
fluids.

If welding or cutting must be done on tanks, pumps, lines etc. that have contained
a flammable substances they must be thoroughly clean & gas free before the
work begins.

The area surrounding the location for any proposed welding shall be examined to
ensure that no spark flames, or hot slag will be blown in or fall upon any
combustible material.

Personnel using welding or cutting equipment must wear the correct eye
protectors & correct protective clothing. On completion of any work, welding
machines must be turned off, valves on bottles closed & all welding leads or
hoses must be picked up & properly stored.

Damaged cables or hoses should be repaired immediately or replaced totally if


repairs are not considered to be safe by the supervisor.

Work Permit
Work Permit to be produced for all welding jobs, please refer to specific
additional safety precautions in work permit procedure “Hot Work Permit”.
Welding/Hot work to be performed in confined space shall be authorized by
PIC & shall be covered by Confined Space Entry Work Permit (CSEWP) &
Hot Work Permit. Please refer to Confined Space Entry Procedure & Work
Permit Procedure
Title:

Welding & Cutting. Page 150 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 013
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Gas Cylinder:
Cylinders of compressed gas are stored & used on all site. Personnel responsible
for the use, handling & storing of gas cylinders must observe these precautions:

 Internal storage areas must be well-ventilated top & bottom.


 Cylinders stored in the open should be protected from heat sources. Tarpaulin or
any other cover must not be in direct contact with the cylinders.
 “NO SMOKING’ s i g n s must be displayed in & around storage area.
 Designated rooms for storage of gas cylinders should be marked as such on the
outer door to warn personnel.

 Cylinders shall at all times be protected from rusting & corrosive conditions.
 No artificial heat is to be allowed in stores where gas cylinders are kept.
 Lighting in stores containing acetylene or other combustible gas cylinders
should be of the approved flame proof & explosion proof type. Electric
switches must be flame & explosion proof, & placed outside the store.
 Full & empty cylinders should be kept apart, & clearly marked to prevent
confusion & mistake
 In order to store & transport this gas, acetylene cylinders are not voids, but are
filed with a porous material which divides the interior spaces into small partly
separated cells; thereby, limiting the size of individual gas areas. To avoid the
storage of acetylene as a gas, the porous material is saturated with acetone,
which will absorb up to 25 time its own weight of acetylene per atmosphere or
pressure. Thus, the acetylene is stored & transported in cylinders at up to 250 psi
because it is in solution rather than a gas.
 Because of the unusual properties of acetylene & the construction of cylinders,
three very important points must be remembered:

 If at all possible, store & transport acetylene cylinders in a vertical, upright


position. If cylinders have been lying down, stand them upright for 30 minutes
before attaching regulators & using them. This assures the acetone drains down,
away from the valve where it cannot flow out of the bottle through
regulator/torch with possible disastrous results.
 Never allow acetylene gas in excess of 15 psi to flow on downstream side of the
regulator.
Title:

Welding & Cutting. Page 151 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 013
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Acetylene cylinders should be separated from Oxygen cylinders minimum


distance of 20 feet or by a non-combustible barrier.
 Oil or gas cylinder will ignite violently in the presence of high-pressure
oxygen & an explosion may result. Cylinders & fittings must be kept away
from all sources of contaminated such as oil barrels, overhead shafting,
cranes or dive belts.
 Do not use cylinders as rollers, work supports, or jacks.

Handling Gas Cylinders:

 Experience shows that in the majority of cases the danger arising


from the mishandling of cylinders falls under a number of well-
defined headings, as follows:

 Cylinders may be subjected to undue strain by blows or mechanical damage.


 Pressure in the cylinder may be increased & the cylinder wall may be weakened
by heat.
 The gas in the cylinder may come into contact with some material with
which it reacts violently, even explosively.
 The gas may escape from the cylinder valve or attached apparatus, &
become concentrated in a confined space.
 Faulty apparatus may be attached to the cylinder, or equipment may become
damaged after attachment.

Handling Valves & Regulators:


Always observe the following procedures when handling valves & regulators for gas
cylinders:

 The cylinder must always be opened slowly. Cylinder valve spindles always
have right handed threads, irrespective of whether the cylinder contains fuel gas
or non-combustible gas. Excessive force must not be used.
 Cylinders must never be transported with the regulators & hose attached. Unless
a proper trolley or carrier is used. When transporting, the cylinder valve must be
shut.
Title:

Welding & Cutting. Page 152 of 329


Revision: 1
Document Class:Level-1 Document No: HSE-GDL - 013
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Welding or cutting apparatus must not be used unless automatic pressure


regulators are fitted to the oxygen & fuel gas cylinders.
 When using acetylene form a generator, a hydraulic backpressure valve must be
used.
 It is unsafe to rely entirely on the use of needle valve, as this does not prevent a
reverse flow of gases towards the cylinders. Moreover the use of a needle valve
in the place of a regulator may cause the bursting of the hose if the gases are cut
off at the blowpipe, as the hose will be subjected to cylinder pressure.
 For improved safety use reverse flow “flashback” arrestor check valve, the
check valves on regulator must be fitted to stop the possibility of reverse flow
of gas, which can create a dangerous mixture of fuel & oxygen. Check valves
should be tested for proper function at least every six months. Careless usage,
dirt or abuse can shorten check valve life & require more frequent testing.
 Before a regulator is put on a full cylinder, the person must always release the
adjusting screw for regulating the pressure of output otherwise there is a risk of
damage to the regulator.

Handling Gas Cylinder Gauges:

Always observe the following procedures:


 Never use pressure gauges other than those recommended by the suppliers.
Gauges for oxygen should be marked “OXYGEN” & should not be tested with
oil. Gauges used to show contents of oxygen, nitrogen, coal gas, or hydrogen
cylinders should have a dial reading of not less than 3000 psi (207 bar).
 No gauge used on acetylene should have a dial reading less than 600 psi (41.4
bar).
Handling Gas Cylinder Hose:
Observe the following with regard to the hoses:
 Only best quality hose is to be used. Inferior hose tends to harden, crack, leak &
may fire internally when oxygen passes through it.
 Hoses should be firmly attached to the blowpipe & other connections by clips
bracing. Length of hose is supplied with the ends firmly attached to nipples
with screwed unions suitable for connection to standard regulator outlets &
blowpipe inlets. These should be used in preference to any other hoses.
Title:

Welding & Cutting. Page 153 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 013
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Frequent accidents occur due to leakages, or the supply hoses becoming loose or
blown off. Hose connections must be frequently examined. Lengths of hose
should be joined means of suitable connecting fittings when more than the
standard length is required. Do not use unnecessarily long lengths of hose.
 Cylinders should not be used to support the work, handling of gas cylinders,
nor should the blowpipe flame be allowed to come into contact with the
cylinders. The blowpipe, when alight, should not be hung on the cylinder or on
the regulators.

Procedure When Lighting Torch:

Observe the following when lighting up:

It is important that an adequate flow of fuel gas is issuing from the nozzle of the
blowpipe or other apparatus before lighting up. Personnel must follow this
procedure:

 Set the regulators to the recommended working pressure.


 Keep the blowpipe nozzle away from any source of ignition (pilot light, etc.)
until the fuel gas is flowing freely from the nozzle. The use of a spark lighter
is recommended for lighting blowpipes.

Arc Welding
Certain general precautions should be taken by all persons using arc-welding
equipment for welding or cutting as follow.

Burn Prevention:

 Wear protective clothing leather gauntlet gloves, hardhat & high top safety
boots. Always button shirt collar coverall collar & pocket flaps to prevent entry
of sparks or slag.
 Wear helmet with safety goggles with correct filter lenses or plates
(protected by clear glass). This is a MUST for welding or cutting (&
chipping), to protect the eyes from radiant energy & flying metal.
 Avoid oily or greasy clothing a spark may ignite it
Title:

Welding & Cutting. Page 154 of 329


Revision: 1
Document Class:Level-1 Document No: HSE-GDL - 013
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Toxic FME Prevention:

 Severe discomfort, illness or death can result from fumes, heat, vapors,
heat or oxygen enrichment, or depletion that welding & cutting may
produce. Prevent them with adequate ventilation, particularly if working in
confined spaces.
 Lead, cadmium, zinc, mercury & beryllium when welded (or cut) may
produce harmful concentration of toxic fumes. Adequate local exhaust
ventilation must be used, or each person in the area, as well as the welder,
must wear an air –supplied respirator. For beryllium both must be used. When
leaving a confined space, shut off gas supply at source, & remove the cutting
torch & hoses, to prevent possible accumulation of gases in the space if down
–stream valves have been accidentally opened or left open. Check to be sure
that the space is safe before re-entering it.
 Vapor from chlorinated, solvents can be decomposed by the heat of the arc
(or flame) to form phosgene a highly toxic gas. Do not weld where solvent
vapors can be drawn into the welding or cutting atmosphere, or where the
radiant energy can penetrate to atmosphere containing even minute amounts
of trichloroethylene or perchloroethylene.

Fire & Explosion Prevention:

 Causes of fire & explosion are combustible gas reached by the arc, flying
sparks, hot slag or heated material, & short circuits. Sparks & slag can fly 35
feet & will be unseen by the goggled welder.
 Keep equipment clean & operable; free of oil & grease, & in the electrical
parts, free of metallic particles that can cause short circuits.
 Walls touching combustible material on opposite side should not be
welded on or cut. Clear all such material away before starting work. A
firewatcher must be standing by with suitable fire extinguisher. After
work is completed, check that area is free of sparks, glowing embers or
flames.
 Any containers that must be welded or cut, which may have held flammable
material, or which may produce toxic gases, must first be thoroughly cleaned,
& if necessary, purged with air or water to remove any carbon dioxide.
Title:

Welding & Cutting. Page 155 of 329


Revision: 1
Document Class:Level-1 Document No: HSE-GDL - 013
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Shock Prevention:

 Exposed hot conductors or other bare metal in the welding circuit, or in


underground, electrically hot equipment can totally shock a person whose
body becomes a conductor. Do not come in contact with a wet surface
when welding, without suitable protection.

 To protect against shock, keep body & clothing dry, use a dry duckboard
or rubber mat when working in a damp or wet area. Sweat, sea water, or
moisture between the body & an electrically hot part – or grounded metal –
reduces body surface electrical resistance, enabling dangerous, & possibly
lethal, currents to flow through the body

 Ensure the frames of each unit, such as welding power source, work table,
etc., are adequately grounded. Conductors must be sized to carry grounds
safely. Equipment made electrically hot by strong currents may shock,
possibly fatally. Do not ground to electrical conduit, or to pipe carrying any
gas or flammable liquid such as fuel.

 Before welding, check ground for continuity. Be sure conductors are


touching bare metal of equipment’s frame at connections. Fully insulated
electrode holders with protruding screws.

 Fully insulated lock-type connectors should be used to join welding cable


lengths.

 Frequently inspect cables for wear, cracks & damage. Immediately replace
those with excessively worn or damaged insulation to avoid shock from
bared cable. Cables may be taped to give resistance equivalent to original
cable.

 Keep cable dry, free of oil & grease, & protected hot metal & sparks.
 Terminals & other exposed parts of electrical units should have insulating
covers secured before operation.
Title:

Lifting Page 156 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Lifting Equipment
Contents:
1. Purpose
2. Responsibility
3. Cranes
4. Personnel Basket
5. Wire Rope
6. Fiber Rope
7. Chains Open & Stud Link
8. Slings
9. Wire Rope Connections & Fastenings
10. Rigging Practices
11. Air Chain Hoist
12. Cargo baskets/Work baskets/boxes & containers
13. Pad Eyes
14. Miscellaneous
15. Lifting Equipment Certification & Register
16. Maintain Lifting Register
17. General Safety Precautions
18. Lifting Operations Flowchart
19. Lifting Color Code
20. Planning a Lifting Operation
Title:

Lifting Page 157 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Appendix A: Cranes Hand Signals


Appendix B: Wire Rope Capacity Rating
Appendix C: Wire Rope
Attachments
Appendix D: Routine Lifting Operations Plan Checklist
Appendix E: Non-Routine Lifting Operations Plan Checklist
Appendix F: Lifting Operation

 Purpose:
Implementation & adherence to this procedure shall provide the unit management
with documented means to verify that all lifting equipment in use at the unit have
been tested, certified & inspected by both crewmembers 2nd party to ensure they are
fit for the intended use.

Responsibility:

 Handling department head shall be responsible for implementation of this


procedure. He shall maintain proper documentation to assure that procedure is
adhered to. However he may delegate maintenance of documentation to the
designated unit Safety Engineer, but shall not delegate the responsibility
 Person in charge of the lifting operation & each operator or crewmember
involved in lifting operation shall ensure that;

All lifting equipment is visually inspected by the operator before use.


Any part showing deterioration to be replaced
Determine weight of load & check against rated capacity of lifting
equipment, before attempting any lift. And that the landing area is suitable
for supporting the load
Before & after completing heavy lifts, the operator will check & inspect all
parts of the lifting equipment
Title:

Lifting Page 158 of 329


Revision: 1
Document Class:Level-1 Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Ensure that all loads are properly hooked on, & keep hands well clear of
pinch points when holding hook or slings while taking up slack
Never lift an unbalanced load, or leave a load suspended with lifting
equipment unattended
Working areas must be kept clean & tidy at all times

Cranes:

 Cranes, like many other pieces of equipment, present certain hazards that
cannot be removed through engineering. In such instances, it is only
through the exercise of diligence, care, & good judgment that the
associated risks can be reduced to an acceptable level. It is therefore
imperative that only employees who are physically & mentally fit
operate cranes.

Land/Crane Operations:
 Outriggers must be fully extended & properly positioned for each lift. In
loose, soft sand areas, adequate support (mats) must be placed under the
outriggers to prevent subsidence Cranes must not be moved around the
location with outriggers extended.

Supply Vessels:

 Handling materials on supply boats can be extremely hazardous, since the


movement of the boat compounds all normal hazards. This point must be
stressed to all personnel carrying out this duty. They must be instructed to
be very alert, keep their eyes on the crane block, load & sling, they must
avoid getting themselves trapped in a position where movement is
restricted, keep feet well clear from loads, & use tag lines whenever
possible.
 The crane operator will ensure that personnel are well clear of the load
before it is picked up from the deck. Personnel must also be clear from
under a load when it is lowered Loads must be maneuvered over the water
when hoisting or lowering, not over the vessel.
Title:

Lifting Page 159 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 When handling casing or other tubular on a supply boat, chocks or


stops must be available to prevent pipe from rolling as the boat rolls.
Tubular should be pre-slung to avoid this.
 Proper sling or containers must be used for the specific job, if in doubt
Barge Engineer should not allow the item to be lifted on board.
 Personnel Basket:
 The personnel basket shall be of an approved type & shall be constructed
such that it can be used as a temporary life raft for the maximum number
of persons that it is designed to carry. This feature will protect the riders
should the basket drop into the water. The basket shall also be equipped
with a stabilizer to alleviate sudden shock.
 When the personnel basket is used in rough weather, two crewmen on the
vessel should help steady it while transferring. Tag lines should be fitted
for further assistance.
 When discharging passengers form a crew boat to the rig, only the
personnel assigned to ride the basket that specific trip shall be allowed on
the boat deck.
 A maximum number of 4 persons shall be allowed to ride the basket at any
time. In rough weather, a maximum of 2 persons only should be allowed on
the basket. However use of basket in rough weather should be restricted.
 Personnel will be allowed to stand only on the outside of the personnel
basket. They shall face inwards with their arms hooked through the
netting. Only personal gear will be permitted in the basket.
 Employees shall wear life jackets when being transferred.
 The crane operator shall lift the basket off the deck only high enough to
clear the vessel, & make the lift when the vessel is at the crest of a sea. The
basket shall then be swung clear of the vessel before lifting. This procedure
shall be reversed when off-loading personnel from the rig. The basket shall
never be raised or lowered over the vessel.
 The basket must be stored where it will not be damaged.
 Regular inspections of the basket shall be made to ensure it is sound
condition. Re- certificate shall be carried out on due date’s by 2nd party.
 Cargo nets must never be used to transfer personnel.
Title:

Lifting Page 160 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Wire Rope:

 All wire ropes running in continuous service should be visually


inspected once every working day by a competent person, i.e. crane
operators for crane wires.
 Wire ropes not in continuous use should similarly be inspected prior to
use, & at least weekly.
 Wire ropes shall be inspected, color-coded & tagged on a SIX-
MONTHLY basis & marked with SWL & inspection date. They shall
be visually inspected by a component person before any lifting
operations Color Code Scheme shall be White, Green & Red
consequently
 Wire ropes shall be tested once every 12 months by a 2nd party.
 Upon conducting the test, all tested slings shall be tinseled with test date,
party carrying the test SWL. The test certificates shall be maintained at the
lifting equipment registered & shall be updated when test is performed
 If the inspection shows any deterioration, which could result in
appreciable loss of original strength, the rope in question shall be
removed from service. Deterioration of wire ropes is caused by a
number of factors that vary considerably in importance depending on
the conditions of service. Corrosion, particularly of the interior wires,
is indicated by pitting Corrosion accelerates wear. This highly
dangerous condition is difficult to detect.
 Among other factors causing deterioration are the following:
 Wear, particularly on the crown or outside wires, from contact with sheaves
& drums.
 Kinks, acquired from improper installation of a new rope or from hoisting
with slack in the rope. A kink cannot be removed without creating a
weak place.
 Fatigue, indicated by a square type of fracture at the end of the wire, can
be caused by bending stresses from sheaves & drums with small radii; by
stressing from whipping, vibration, & pounding or by torsional stresses.
 Drying out of lubrication, often hastened by heat & operating pressure
Title:

Lifting Page 161 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Overloading, including dynamic overloading, if acceleration &


deceleration are factors of importance. Damage to wire rope may occur
but not become known until sometime after the overload.
 Over winding, when rope length is greater than the drum can
accommodate in a single layer. This can cause heavy abrasion &
excessive wear at crossover points. However, successful over winding
can be achieved by using specially drum grooving.
 Mechanical abuse, such as running over rope with equipment &
permitting obstructions to remain in the rope’s path of travel. It is
more common for wire rope to be thrown away because of abuse than
from use Particular care should be taken in the inspection of non-
rotating wire rope where defects are more difficult to see
 Wire ropes removed from service due to defects should be plainly
marked with the colors red or identified as being unfit for further use on
any load carrying device.
 Loads to be lifted by a wire rope shall always be within the SAFE
WORKING LOAD (SWL) limits listed for that particular size, type
& configuration wire rope. The load tables shall be consulted if in
doubt
 Avoid impact loading on wire lines. Extreme stresses can be caused by
rapid acceleration as a load is picked up or sudden braking when lowering
a load, & these stresses may exceed the breaking strength of the wire rope
 Extreme precautions must be taken to avoid kinking wire rope. The
deformation caused by kinking will result in a loss of breaking load of up
to 25%. When a kink has occurred in wire rope, the rope or the damaged
section of the wire rope is removed from service
 Personnel should wear gloves when handling wire ropes. Broken wires,
especially if dirty or rusty, can cause serious injury
 Wire ropes should be properly cleaned, brushed & stored after use
 Non-galvanized wire rope should be treated for protection against
corrosion.
Title:

Lifting Page 162 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Fiber Rope:
 Manila, ropes must not be used in lifting services
 Any rope used in a load-carrying capacity should be protected from
abrasion by padding when fastened or drawn over square corners or
sharp or rough surfaces
 Rope must be regularly inspected for damage. Internal damage is
caused by repeated flexing of the rope, particularly when wet, & by
particles of grit. This is usually indicated by excessive looseness of the
strands & yarns, or the presence of powered fiber. If in doubt, the
strands should be opened (as in splicing) just enough to make an
internal inspection store fiber ropes carefully, preferably on reels, or
properly coiled. Keep rope away from, water, heat or direct sunlight.

 Chain Open & Stud Link:


 From the point of safety, chain requires even more care than wire rope.
Chain can fail with dramatic abruptness for no apparent reason. The
reason is not always apparent from a quick visual inspection
 Chain, whether used for lifting or other load bearing work, must be
inspected on a regular basis, & records kept. Inspections shall include
end attachments & the chain on an individual link basis
 The frequency of inspection is dependent upon factors such as frequency
& duration of use, environment, type of use, & is best determined by the
user. Inspection to be carried- out once every 12 months by 2nd party.
 Prior to inspection the chain should be thoroughly cleaned to aid in
the detection of undesirable conditions. Things to look for during the
inspection:

 Marks, nicks, cracks


 Wear, especially excessive wear at bearing points
 Twists or bends
 Stretch
 Distortion

Detection of any of these conditions must be resolved before a chain may be


put back into service
Title:

Lifting Page 163 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

All chain must be kept oiled or greased at all time; otherwise corrosion
will immediately begin to reduce the safe working load (SWL)

 Slings:

Inspection & Color-Coding

 Slings shall be inspected, color-coded & tagged a SIX – MONTHLY


basis & marked with SWL & inspection date. They shall be visually
inspected by a component member of staff before all lifting operations.
Color Code Scheme shall be White, Green & Red consequently.
 Slings shall be load tested once every 12 months by an accessed 3rd
party company. Upon conducting the test, all tested slings shall be
tinseled with test date, party carrying the test & SWL. The test certificate
shall be maintained at the lifting equipment register at the rig & shall be
updated when test is performed.

 Slings falling the monthly visual test or the annual 3rd party test shall be
marked re & disposed-off immediately.

 Slings shall be rejected when there is:


 Severe deformation –where strands are severely kinked or the
core protruding
 Severe wear-wear of high points f the sling caused by
dragging the sling across decks contributes to early broken
wires. A sling which has wires worn to half normal diameter
on high points should be replaced
 Termination damage
 Severe corrosion (be aware of the possibility of internal
corrosion)
 No, SWL indicated or last inspection date/color code missing
 No valid test certificate
When slings are rejected the eye on both ends must be cut off
Title:

Lifting Page 164 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Usage:

 Prior to use a sling, its fittings & fastenings must be inspected for
indicators of overloading, excessive wear or damage. Slings found to be
defective should be removed from service.
 It is to be made sure that the sling is marked with the manufacturer’s
designated SWL. This rating should not be exceeded.
 Suitable protection should be provided between the sling & sharp
unyielding surfaces of the load to be lifted.
 Slings should never be choked in the splice.
 Proper storage where the slings are hanging above ground level must be
provided while not use. It is important to keep slings dry. Fastening &
hooks should be kept lightly oiled
 When using slings, keep in mind the changes of tension in the sling legs
dependent upon the angle between the load & sling.
 If in doubt the load rating of a particular sling, check & verify before use.

 Wire Rope Connections & Fastenings:

 Connections, fittings fastenings, parts etc. used in conjunction with wire


ropes, cables, slings & chains must be of good quality & of the correct
size & strength, & must be installed in accordance with the
recommendations of the manufacturer. To do other than the above could
reduce the safe working load of the equipment, with catastrophic results
both on equipment & personnel.
 Wire rope grips (clamps) are commonly used. They must be the correct
size for the wire in use.
 The “U-bolt” type is not be used for hoisting ropes, lifting installations,
etc. the “FIRST GRIP” or similar (“IRON GRIP”, “STRONG GRIP”)
will be used..
 Wedge type sockets are often used on cranes. Properly installed, it will
tighten when stress is put on the rope. Note the standing part of the rope
will form a direct line to the clevis of the fitting. A wedge socket reduces
the breaking load of the wire 80-90%
Title:

Lifting Page 165 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Sockets are the preferred type of end attachment & should be used
whenever possible. Sockets can be either open or closed, but whichever
type is fitted, the casting demands experience & skill & should only be
carried out by qualified people. A socket is a very safe method of
attachment.
 An alternative end attachment is a spliced eye. The splicing for the eye,
with or without thimble, can be carried out either by hand splicing, or
more safely with mechanical splice (The latter is preferred).
 If hand splicing is used, the breaking load of the rope is reduced by 20%
depending on diameter.
 If mechanical splicing is used, the breaking load of the rope is reduced
by 5-10%. All mechanical splicing for wire rope of 12mm diameter &
upwards shall have an identification mark.
Refer to Appendix C: Wire Rope Attachments
 Rigging Practices:
 When a wire rope is rigged as a choker, it is essential to ensure that it is
rigged correctly. A sliding choker hook should always be used if possible.
A shackle can be used as an alternative if necessary
 When hooks are used to lift a load, the hooks should always have the hook
opening turned out
 When fitting end attachments, a thimble should always be used. Lack
of a thimble will allow crushing & spreading of the wire in the eyes
splice, greatly reducing the SWL
 Air/Chain Hoist:
 All hoist should be marked with their SWL & serial number
 All hoist should be marked with operating direction (Up-Down)
 The lower hook is the weakest point in a chain hoist. The inner contour of
the hook is an arc of a circle, & any deviation from a circle is evidence of
overloading or improper use.
 If the hook is not true arc, do not attempt to use it, & never try to force
a spread hook back into shape.
 Never lift a load with the tip of “S” hook
 Never encircle the load with the chain fall –always use slings
Title:

Lifting Page 166 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Never leave a load suspended on a chain fall unattended without securing the
pull chain
 Hoists not designed, as man rider should never be used for lifting of
personnel
 Operator of the hoist must always have clear visibility of materials being
lifted & personnel at work site, where lifting operation is being conducted
 Only experienced personnel should operate hoists
 Air/Chain hoists shall be tested & recertified by 3rd party company once
every 12 Months as lifting device

 Cargo baskets/Work baskets/boxes & container:

 Cargo baskets, work baskets, boxes & containers should be designed for
intended service
 & have its SWL with serial number tinseled/plated on the basket/box
 All baskets/boxes shall be fitted with 4 points/pad eyes that should be
certified as per the requirement set forward in this procedure
 Baskets/boxes shall be pre slung with four –leg sling that shall be placed
to provide safe attachment to crane hook when lifting.
 Four leg sling shall be tested & color –coded as per requirements set
forward in this procedure Baskets & boxes shall be tested as lifting
item 3rd party once every 12 month

 Pad Eyes:
 All pad eyes shall be designed for the intended load by manufacture 3rd party
& shall have machined holes to approved dimensions Aligned to the
direction of the principal load Serial numbered & SWL marked/tinseled on
the pad eye Weld area shall be MPI tested.
 Pad eyes shall be use when applicable pre slung with certified slings as per
requirements set forward in this procedure
 Miscellaneous:
 Lifting points, shackles, lifting caps, rigs, sheaves, snatch block, links,
hooks, thimbles shall be inspected by the operator before use to ensure no
visible damage or cracks to welds or pin shall be marked with SWL
 All load bearing beams should be clearly marked with SWL
Title:

Lifting Page 167 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Lifting Equipment Certification & Register:

 All lifting equipment shall be visually inspected before use to ensure that color
code is per current color code scheme, with SWL is clearly marked on the lifting
equipment in use & not practical during daily operations
 A third party company shall inspect & re-certify all lifting equipment. The
inspection shall be conducted once every 12 months & shall include MPI test &
load test as applicable. Result of inspection shall be marked/tinseled on the
equipment with clearly marked SWL, serial number, date of inspection, validity
of inspection & party carrying the inspection
 A certificate of the test result shall be produced by the third party company
& shall be maintained at the rig lifting equipment register file
 For the annual inspection a record book/register shall be kept which will
contain following information:

 Tag or serial number


 Color for that inspection (color code)
 Date of last inspection
 Inspection party
 Date placed in service
 Approved intended use
 Acceptance or rejection status
Rejected items shall be marked red &put out of service until they are disposed off.

Maintain Lifting
Register:

Responsibility

 It is the responsibility of PIC to maintain register of all lifting equipment on


location
 Lifting Register will be maintained by Safety Engineer whenever is available &
by PIC if there is no Safety Engineer
Title:

Lifting Page 168 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Register:
 A register of lifting gear purchased by the company is to be kept at all
worksites
 The register is to include as minimum the following details:
 MCN Number –Manufacture Catalog Number
 Description of Gear –e.g. Two –leg sling with links & lifting ring, sockets
ends, diameter, & construction 6x19 –IWRC –RRH –EIPS –Galvanized
 Certificate Number Identification Number –If different from
certificate number. Safe Working Load (SWL)
 Date in Service–Location use/Date Inspected
 Date withdrawn from Service

Third Party Inspection:

 Inspections are to be conducted by an accredit 3rd party company every 12


months
 Inspection work scope will cover as minimum as follow:

 pad eyes mounted onto the rig will be inspected for conformity with the
relevant standards, including construction, welding & identification
 Fixed Lifting Equipment Certification: All overhead runway beams,
winches, swing jibs & other fixed lifting equipment.
 Cranes & Forklifts: Special certification will be attached to them
 Loose Lifting Equipment: All loose lifting equipment being utilized on
the rig will be included in the lifting equipment register Baskets,
Containers, Skips, and Gas Racks & Lifting Frames all types of
equipment that involves lifting points will be inspected for conformity
to relevant standards.
 NDT, six monthly & annual requirement: All MPI shall be performed as
required in line with the PM system on board & contractor inspection
criteria
Title:

Lifting Page 169 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Color Coding & Identification by Hard Stamping/Stenciling: All items inspected


during the survey shall be examined for legible unique identification number
& a suitable color code shall be applied, changing every six months by
ZOMCO. Fixed equipment should have an ID number & Safe Working Load
(SWL)
 Final Sweep: Prior to the departure of 3rd party personnel they will perform a
final sweep of the location to ensure that all items of lifting equipment have
been certified, inspected or quarantined.
 Certification Package: A full & comprehensive report shall be produced
including individual certificates for all items, inspection reports, general
recommendation report, NDT reports, certificates & covering letters as
required
 Inspections are to verify the validity of lifting gear; issuing certificates for
the good ones, pointing out for the standing ones due to the absence of
original certificates. Couldn’t inspect due to operations or condemning the
bad ones
 Outstanding items to be registered & acted actions to be documented i.e. bad
ones flame cut, missing certificate found, etc.
 Register to be renewed by removing old certificates accompanied to the
condemned lifting gear & by adding the new lifting gear with its
certificate
 Updating the register by filling information regarding the outstanding items
conditions by follow up audit sheet or if there is an access 3rd partysoftware

 Non-conformance report to be used with critical items i.e. spoiled pulley


under the crown Lifting register/log by 3rd party shall be produced on
both paper & soft copies

General Safety Precautions:


 All lifting operations must be properly planned & supervised by a
competent person with the required knowledge & training
Title:

Lifting Page 170 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Personnel involved in lifting operations must be selected by the


person responsible for the lifting operation based on their experience
& skill
 Operators of lifting equipment are deemed to have received the
required training & have been certified “when applicable” to operate
subject equipment
 During lifting operations a clear means of communication should be
established between crew members conducting the lifting operation
 Visual & audio signals during lifting operation should be given by
competent personnel who are designated at the beginning of the
lifting operation to give required signals
 When visual communication is not practical, radio communication
should be used, extra personnel should be posted to relay signals, & or
instructions to personnel involved in the lifting operations
 A pre-job safety meeting should be conducted prior commencement
of the lifting operations, & lifting operation plan to be issued for the
lifting operation. This shall be the responsibility of the person in
charge of lifting operation
 All loads to be examined by a competent person before the
execution of the lifting operation to ensure integrity of the load
& suitability of lifting equipment used
 Load path should be clear of obstructions & shall when practical
be marked to avoid personnel working or passing under load
 Lifting operations by night shall be conducted when sufficient light
is provided in both lift & landing areas
 Ensure that shackles bolts are tight, slings are of equal length, cargo
containers, & appropriate lifting applied is conducted from the load’s
center of gravity
 If in doubt lifting operations must be stopped until assured.
Title:

Lifting Form Page 171 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK- 03
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Engineer responsible of Block: Block No:


Location of lift: Date of lift: / /
Vessel Name:

S/N Technical Dept. Yes No


1 All pad eyes and welding are ready
2 Attaching Q.C certificate
Note

Technical Engineer: Signature:

S/N Crane Dept. Yes No


1 Wind speed & weather conditions are suitable
2 Crane conditions are prepared
Note

Crane Engineer: Signature:

S/N Maintenance Dept. Yes No


1 Wind speed & weather conditions are suitable
2 Crane conditions are prepared
Note

Maintenance Engineer: Signature:

S/N Coordinator Yes No

1 Lifting conflict with other work

Note

Coordinator Name: Signature:


S/N Safety Dept. Yes No
1 All conditions are suitable for lifting
Note

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


:

Title:

Lifting Operations Flowchart Page 172 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Note:
All lifting plan shall be
prepared by a competent person

Note:
Hold pre- job Tool box talk,
compete Form
Title:

Lifting Color Code Page 173 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Color Code

It is mandatory to ensure all portable, circulating and fixed lifting equipment


are color coded to give visual indication of its certification status. The following
color code cycle must be used to indicate the current lifting accessories in use , such
as: Chains and Wire Ropes, Webbing Slings, Hooks, Shackles, Eye Bolts,
Swivels, Blocks, Snatch Blocks, Beam Clamps and Plate Clamps, Lifting Beams /
Spreader Beams etc.,
Title:

Lifting Page 174 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Planning Lifting Operations:


 Requirement for lift identified appoint competent person(s) to plan & supervise
lift.
 Assess operation for degree and nature of risk, identify category.
 Implement control measures.
Categories of Lift Control Measures
Routine

Routine Crane Operations/Lifting Operation: - Carried out by competent personnel e.g. deck
- E.g. deck operations, boat transfers - Crew/Cranes Operator
- Suitable environment conditions - Written procedures or standing instruction genr
- Load with known & evaluated weight shape - Lifting Plan
and center of gravity - Toolbox Talk
- Standard rigging arrange - Lifting Hand boo

Non-Routine

Simple or Basic Lifting Operations - Carried out by competent personnel e.g.


- Only one item of lifting equipment - Riggers, Deck Crew & others who have training
- Standard rigging arrangement in hoisting & lifting skills
- Stable, known weight adequate lifting points - Permit to Work
- Out –with sensitive, difficult or restricted area
- Generic Lifting Plan or Written Lifting Plan
- Toolbox Talk
- Lifting Handbook

Complicated or Standard Lifting - Carried out by competent Riggers/Crane Operator


Operation
- Written Lifting Plan
- Lifting personnel - Permit to Work
- External duration e.g. More than 1 shift - Risk Assessment
- Toolbox Talk
- Use of two or more items of lifting - Rigging & Lifting Handbook
equipment (tandem lifts)
- Within sensitive, difficult or restricted area

Complex or Specialized Lifting Operation: - Carried out by competent Riggers/Crane Operator


- Lifts over live plant - Impact/Hazard Study
- Unknown or difficult to estimate center or
- Method statement/Lifting Plan with engineering
gravity - Method statement/Lifting Plan with engineering
- Use of two or more items of lifting
equipment (tandem lifts) Input required
Environmental conditions liable to affect - Risk Assessment
operations - Toolbox Talk
- Non –standard rigging or equipment - Rigging & Lifting Handbook
Title:

Lifting Page 175 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

All lifting operations to be carried under adequate supervision & following a lifting
operations plan

The competent person planning the operation should have adequate practical &
theoretical knowledge & experience of planning lifting operations.
The plan should address all risks identified using the lifting operations checklist
& should deploy all resources required to conduct safe lifting operation.

The degree of planning shall vary depending on the categorization of lifting


operations “Routine/Non- routine”.

Relevant lifting operations checklist should be filled in by the lifting operation


supervisor & attached to the lifting operation plan

Generic lifting operations plan(s) shall be used for the same job, however for
every job a lifting operations checklist should be used.

Refer to: Appendix D: Routine Lifting Operations Plan Checklist


Appendix E: Non-routine Lifting Operations Plan Checklist
Appendix F: Lifting Operation Plan
Title:

Crane Hand Signal Page 176 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015
Title:

Crane Hand Signal Page 177 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015
Title:

Wire Rope Capacity Rating Page 178 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015
Title:

Wire Rope Page 179 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 014
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 180 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Fire Protection & Prevention

Contents:

1. General
2. Combustion Theory
3. Self-Ignition
4. Extinguishing
5. Fire Extinguishing Appliances
6. Water
7. Foam
8. Dry Powder
9. Carbon Dioxide
10. Dry Powder Extinguishers
11. CO2 Extinguisher
12. Water System
13. Foam System
14. CO2 System
15. Portable Extinguisher
16. Other Equipment
17. The Muster List
18. Fire Drill
19. General Precautions
20. Spontaneous Combustion

Attachment: Fire Drill Record


Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 181 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

General:
In order to obtain maximum safety with regard to fire protection & prevention, all
employees are sent to a fire school in order to obtain practical training in fighting
different kinds of fires, & at the same time to learn to handle the different fire
extinguishing appliances on the site.

Combustion Theory:
Combustion is a chemical process in which a given substances combines with
oxygen. This chemical process is accompanied by the production of light &
heat.

For combustion to take place three conditions must be met:

 An inflammable substances must be present


 The necessary quantity of oxygen must be present
 The substances must be heated to its ignition point

If just one of these conditions is no longer met, the fire can be extinguished
by one of the following methods:

 By removing the inflammable substances


 By stopping the oxygen supply
 By lowering the temperature of the substances

Self-Ignition:
Ignition can result from the generation of heat in the substances itself. This process
may take place in, for instance, oil –saturated rags & dirty working clothes packed
tightly in a warm locker where, at ordinary room temperature, vigorous oxidation
takes place. Heat is thus generated, & if the latter cannot be conducted away, an
increase in temperature takes place. Thus the oxidation process continues, the
temperature increase to ignition point, & the substances ignites.
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 182 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Extinguishing:
By stopping the oxygen supply, a fire is smothered, as a reduction of the oxygen
content in the air in a room from the normal 21% to about 15% means that flames
are extinguished completely.

Extinguishing by smothering can normally only be carried-out in completely or


partially closed rooms. Extinguishing by cooling can be carried-out if the
temperature of the burning substances is lowered below the ignition point.

Fire Extinguishing Appliances:


The most important fire extinguishing appliances used on the site are:

 Water
 Foam
 Dry powder
 Carbon di oxide (CO2 )
Water:
Water is the most widely used fire-extinguishing systems, & in its property of
absorbing heat is more effective than any other substances. In order to evaporate
water requires a considerable heat, which is taken from the fire. Especially when
using a water fog, rapid evaporation & thus rapid cooling of the fire is obtained.
Water also has a smothering property. Thus 1 liter of water in vapor form at
atmospheric pressure fills about 1.7 cubic meters thus removes the air from the seat
of the fire. When extinguishing a fire by means of water, a water jet or water fog is
used.
A water jet is produced by means of a nozzle, & is used to extinguish substances
such as wood, cloth, rope, etc. When a water jet is used, always direct the spray
towards the burning substances, & not towards smoke & flames.
Water fog is efficient when fighting a fire in accommodation, storerooms,
fires in oils & other flammable liquids. Water fog generally has its greatest
extinguishing effect when directed towards the hottest place in the room.
Water fog can also be used as a protective shield for persons advancing to
fight the fire.
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 183 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

As water conducts electricity, it must not be used to fight fires in live electric
plants. Water must not be used to fight fires in substances such as Carbide,
Sodium, Magnesium, as these quantities of heat & inflammable gases. In extreme
cases, water fog can be used on burning Magnesium, as the heat is reduced by
evaporation before the water comes in contact with the metal.

Foam:
Foam is used as a smothering agent, & is especially well suited for extinguishing
fires in liquids, grease, etc. Foam is not intended for use on fires in
accommodations, but can often be used as a cover to protect against ignition. The
effect of a foam jet is greatest when directed to a wall or solid structure, from
where the foam descends & spreads over the surface of the burning liquid, & cuts
off the air supply.
As foam usually contains water, & thus conduct electricity, foam must not be
used on live electricity plants. Foam must not be used to fight fires in Carbide,
Sodium, Magnesium, etc. for the same reasons as mentioned under water
extinguishing.

Dry Powder:
Dry powder used as extinguisher consists primarily of Potassium or Sodium
Bicarbonate which, when it is heated to 60 degree C, decomposes to Soda, Carbon
Dioxide & Water Vapor. The dry powder has a good extinguishing effect & is well
suited for fires in liquids, gases & electric installations.
Powder extinguisher, however ought to be used only in extreme cases against fires
in delicate electronic equipment, instruments, electric motor etc. as the powder
penetrates & may cause damage to the equipment due to moisture. This can be
worse than the fire damage itself. Fires in such equipment should instead be
extinguished with Carbon Dioxide.

Ordinary dry powder is not effective on burning solids, as these form embers. For the
extinguishing of such fires a special powder, the so –called ABC dry powder, is
available. A special powder for the extinguishing of burning light metals such as
Sodium & Magnesium is also available. This type of powder is used on helicopter
decks, as Magnesium is used in the construction of some helicopter components.
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 184 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Carbon Dioxide & dry powder can be used together to extinguish a fire, & so can
Carbon Dioxide & foam. Dry powder & foam together may cause difficulties, as
some types of dry powder have a destructive effect on foam. However some types of
powder are compatible for use together with foam. This will always be stated in the
directions for use for the powder in question.

Carbon Dioxide
 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) is a colorless gas, which at atmospheric pressure &
indoor temperature is about 50% heavier than air. That means that removes
the air from the seat of the fire & thus smothers the fire.
 CO2 is well suited for extinguishing minor fires in liquids & -as Carbon
Dioxide does not conduct electricity –in electric wiring. This includes
delicate electronic equipment, as the Carbon Dioxide snow produced at the
outflow evaporates without leaving trace CO2 be used to extinguish burning
gases, & because of its quick effect, it is also well suited for use on burning
personnel.
 CO2 will bring under control deep-seated fires in substances such as wood,
cordage, fabrics etc. but complete extinction is achieved in many cases only
with water or foam.
 CO2 is more effective on indoor fires, as it can be difficult outdoors to create
the necessary concentration above the seat of the fire, particularly when the
weather is not calm. In these cases, a powder extinguisher is more effective.
 CO2 is also used in fixed systems for the total flooding of engines
rooms, pump room, store rooms, etc. Fixed CO2 systems consist of
Carbon Dioxide in steel bottles or in a big steel container. When using
CO2 in closed rooms, attention must be drawn to the fact that a
concentration of more than 5% is DANGEROUS to the human
organism. An alarm siren must be sounded before discharging CO2 to
confined spaces. When extinguishing fires by flooding the room, the
outflow velocity creates a concentration of 40% in 20 -40 seconds, & a
dangerous concentration is reached in half that time. Therefore2 CO2 be
not be discharged into a room before everybody has left it, & any room
into Which has been released must be ventilated thoroughly before
sending people in without breathing apparatus.
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 185 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Dry Powder Extinguishers:


Powder extinguisher is especially suited for fighting fires in flammable liquids,
electrical equipment & motors etc. They are placed in engine rooms, pump room,
near cranes, on the drill floor, & near the helicopter deck. Powder Portable
extinguishers are supplied in two sizes 3 & 12 kg.

Powder Portable extinguishers are also available in pressurized type. The powder is
permanently pressurized by Nitrogen, & the pressure can be checked at the gauge at
any time. The extinguisher is activated by removing the safety pin & squeezing the
operating valve.

Unlike the CO2 cartridge type, some spare units in excess of the
prescribed number of extinguisher must be available on the site.

Once an extinguisher has been released, it must NEVER be relocated before fully
recharged. This applies even if the extinguisher is only partially emptied & the
gauge shows that the contents are still pressurized.

The wheeled dry powder extinguishers are used where a greater capacity is
needed, for example on a helideck. GINGE supplies three models which all are
operated by one man. They are fitted with an external pressure cylinder, rubber
hose with powder pistol & solid rubber wheels. They are not pressurized until the
valve of the pressure cylinder is opened.

For all the extinguisher, the following types of dry powder can be supplied (GINGE):

 BC powder (standard) suitable for fires in flammable liquids & gases


 BC powder is compatible with foam
 BC powder (MONNEX) with extremely high efficiency. Also foam
compatible
 ABC powder for deep-seated fires in solids, flammable liquids & gases
 D powder for metal fires
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 186 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Dry powder extinguishers are used first & foremost for extinguishing fires in
flammable liquids. Approach the fire with the wind behind, if it is in open air, &
start extinguishing from the front. The burning surface should be covered by a
blanket of powder in swift & sweeping movements. A fresh outbreak must be
combated immediately. If the fire is of such dimensions that one extinguisher is
not enough, several extinguishers must be used at the same time, NOT
successively. The extinguishing effect of the powder, when used correctly, is
considerable. The powder blanket also provides excellent protection against heat
radiation. Powder extinguishers should be inspected monthly by a competent
crewmember & logged accordingly.

CO2 Extinguishers:
 CO2 extinguishers are the most effective against fires inflammable liquids,
electrical, installations & motors, etc., on fires indoors. They are placed in
control rooms, generators rooms, & galley & radio stations.
 They are supplied in 6 kg. Units are fitted with a screw valve, or with a
trigger valve & safety pin. Both models are fitted with a rubber hose &
horn, with an insulated handle to protect against cold & electric shocks.
 To operate, the safety pin is removed, & the extinguisher is taken as near as
possible to the fire. It is activated by means of the trigger valve or the screw
valve. With swift & sweeping movements the CO2 will penetrate the seat of
the fire. Start nearest yourself & follow the flames upwards from the
bottom. At normal temperatures the2CinOthe extinguisher is liquid. On
discharge, the expansion changes the liquid into a compound of gas & snow
particles at a temperature of – 79 (-110F).
 CO2 extinguishers cannot be recharged on the site, but must be send 3rd party
to be refilled & certified.
 A number of spare cylinders must be available for replacement. Before being
mounted, the new CO2 cylinder must be check weighed. The weight of the
extinguisher, full & empty, (without hose & horn) is stamped on the top of the
cylinder. The inspection log must be filled in as described above.
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 187 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 At 20 C the pressure in the cylinder is 58 Kp/cm², but when exposed to heat,


the pressure will rise considerably. At 65 C (149F) the pressure will be 250
Kp/cm². Consequently2all CO extinguishers are fitted with a safety disc
bursting at a pressure of 250Kp/cm². A device on the valve indicates whether
the safety disc has burst.

 The extinguisher should never be exposed to heat, direct sunlight or


mechanical damage.

 Water System:
The fixed water system consists of piping placed along decks, outlets with closing
valves, & coupling for the connection of fire hoses. The water pressure is provided
by at least one fire pumps located in the engine room. Fire hoses & nozzles are in
fire lockers or baskets. The nozzle being able to produces both jet & water pressure.

The fire hose & nozzle should be contained in a suitable fire box, filled on wheel to
facilitate use & box kept closed but not locked to maintain the integrity of the fire
hose. Monthly inspection should be carried.

 Foam Systems:
The fixed foam system is connected to the water system described above. As the
water passes across & ejector, it sucks in liquid foam concentrate & air. The
resultant foam is directed onto the fire through a hose & foam gun.

During fire drills, the equipment must be tested & inspected. After the drill, hoses
must be rinsed to remove foam & dirt, & allowed to dry before being reinstalled
on the reel. At the inspection, the converter device of the nozzles must be checked
& if necessary cleaned & lubricated.

 CO2 Systems:
A fixed CO2 system for use in engine rooms consists of several cylinders, each
containing 30 or 45 Kg. The system can be activated from various points. On release,
an audible alarm is sounded. The contents of the bottle must be checked at least once
a year, either by weight or with an X-ray liquid level meter.
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 188 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Portable Extinguishers:
At least once a year, all extinguishers must be subject to a thorough inspection.

Inspect cylinders for deformities, corrosion, etc. Deficiencies and/or damage to the
cylinders shall be remedied, corrosion removed & repainting carried out as
necessary.

Valve & hose shall be inspected, repaired or replaced as necessary.


CO2 extinguishers & cartridges must be check weighed at least once a year. If
the decrease in weight is more than 10% of the nominal weight, the cylinder
must be recharged or replaced.
Foam extinguishers must be recharged at least once a year.
Dry powder extinguishers must be checked at least once a year for quality of
charge. If the dry powder is easy flowing & does not clog, it can be reused.
Powder extinguisher in places with strong vibration or heat must be checked
quarterly for quality of charge.
Pressure testing of all fire extinguishers must take place every five years.
For stored pressure extinguishers which cannot be recharged on the site, 25 % extra
extinguishers shall be provided.

 Other Equipment:
Mobile offshore must be equipped with at least four fireman’s outfits. A
fireman’s outfit consists of:
 A protective breathing apparatus with air cylinder
 At least two spare charges for each BA set
 A fireproof lifeline
 An electric safety lamp
 A fire axe
 Protective clothing, gloves, boots & helmet

At every fire drill, the outfit must be tested & inspected, & the pressure in the air
cylinder must be checked
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 189 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 The Muster List


As soon as possible after signing on, everybody must acquaint himself with the
muster list of the site, & memorize to which survival exit & to which location he has
been assigned, & where the location is all personnel must know the locations of the
various emergency & firefighting appliances. As soon as the signal for emergency
drill is sounded, everybody must go to the exit or to the location in question, &
follow the instructions given by the person in charge.

 Fire Drill:
It is the company’s policy that fire drills be conducted at least every two weeks.
The fire drills must include the following.
 The fire alarm to be sounded, & a check made that all bells & sirens are
working
 Personnel to be assigned to fixed location
 Check all fire hoses, extinguishers & other equipment
 Demonstrate use of portable fire extinguisher appliances
 Close all ventilation, to accommodation & engine room
 Close fire dampers in vent shaft & ventilators
 Demonstration of & training in the use of compressed air breathing
apparatus & other protective breathing apparatus for example gas masks
 Instruction in the operation of fire hoses etc.
 Start fire pumps in engine room
 Start emergency fire pump & emergency diesel generator
 Operate the fire hoses at the scene of the fire
 Instruction & training in the use of main extinguishing systems for
engine & pump rooms. For total flooding systems (CO2 ) the unit is
studied & instruction in the release & operation of the valve is given
 Instruction & training in the use of foam extinguishing equipment on the
helideck (as applicable)
 Drying of used fire hoses. Winding up fire hoses. Cleaning of other
equipment used during the drill
 After every emergency drill, information about this shall be recorded in the
appropriate drill form.
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 190 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 General Precautions:
To prevent fire the greatest caution is necessary, & observation of the following
rules is essential:

 Caution when smoking, or when open fire is used. Is necessary under all
circumstances. Smoking is prohibited at all times, except in areas specifically
designated as smoking areas. The person in charge may entirely prohibit smoking
& the use of any naked flames when necessary.
 When testing, completing or when pumping oil, careful attention is always required.
The
 PIC is responsible for these operations.
 Leaking valve or other leaking from oil pipes of any kind should be repaired
without day, with the necessary caution
 Patches of oil other flammable liquids, particularly in the engine room, boiler
room or pump rooms, should be avoided. Floors, tank tops & gutters should be
kept clean, & waste trays for oil emptied regularly
 When electric welding or oxy-acetylene cutting equipment is used, the greatest
caution is necessary. During the work, any space in which ignition may occur
should be watched, & inspected upon completion of the work. Firefighting
equipment should be available during the work, ready for immediate action
 Paints lockers, storerooms, etc. where risk of spontaneous ignition exists, should
always be kept in orderly condition & regularly inspected.
 Smoking in bed has been the cause of several fires & is prohibited
 Matches, cigarettes, cigars & pipe ash should be carefully extinguished
before being thrown away
 During loading & discharging of flammable liquids, smoking or the use of
naked flames is strictly prohibited
 When testing or loading or discharging a dangerous cargo, or as long as tanks,
which have contained such cargo are not free of gas, chipping may not be done
nor any other spark producing work.
 No personnel should be sent into a tank which is not free of gas, unless absolutely
necessary. In these cases they must be equipped with fresh air mask & lifeline &
a watch kept at the hatch.
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 191 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 No electrical items are to be used in oil tanks, unless express permission has been
given by the person in charge, & they shall never be used in oil tanks or
cofferdams, unless these are inspected & declared to be free of gas. Only
explosion proof lamps may be used & they must be provided with a rugged wire
guard
 Battery lamps shall be of approved type & must be ordered through the Company’s
Purchasing.

 Spontaneous Combustion:
Lost circulation materials, oily waste & rags may cause spontaneous combustion.
This is caused by oxidation of the oil & the trapped heat thus generated. When the
flash point is reached combustion occurs. Cotton waste & rags, which have been
used for varnish, enamel, paint, & turpentine, hold a high risk of spontaneous
combustion, even in small quantities.

The following precautionary rules should be observed:

 Cotton waste & rags should be kept in a cool dry place away from steam
pipes & other sources of heat, & should be kept from contact with oil &
water
 Cotton rags should never be stored in paint lockers or pump rooms. Opened
bales should be stowed in covered steel bins on deck or in engine storerooms.

 Used rags should be placed in covered steel rules bins to be emptied at regular
intervals x -Rags which have been used for varnish, enamel, paint &
turpentine should be discarded immediately. Necessary they should be kept in
steel containers with tight fitting covers until they can be disposed of.

 Used cotton waste should not be allowed to lie about the site. The rules
above must be impressed upon the crew. Oil-soak clothes & oily cotton
waste left in pockets involve the risk of spontaneous combustion & have
caused fires in many cases.
Title:

Fire Protection & Prevention Page 192 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 015
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Tarpaulins can also ignite spontaneously. To avoid this & keep the tarpaulin in
good condition, they should not be folded when wet. If this is unavoidable they
must be loosely stowed, & a regular check made that heating is not too great. They
should be stored in a manner which will allow easy inspection as far as possible
from other combustible material. Liquid used for impregnating tarpaulins may
cause spontaneous combustion when still damp. Tarpaulins treated in this way
should never be folded until the dying process is complete. It should also be
ensured that cotton waste, rags, sparks, embers, etc. which may cause ignition is
not caught in the tarpaulins when it is folded up.
Title:

First Aid Page 193 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

First Aid procedure

The ZOSCO will have first aid clinic and medical emergency equipment’s and
emergency medications using for first aid cases and emergency cases. There are two
first aiders for day and night shifts and have one doctor. There is an ambulance ready
for emergency 7 days 24hrs (24x7)
The Name and Phone Number for Medical Emergencies

NAME POSITION BRAVO-NO EXTN-NO MOBILE -NO


Ezzat Abdel Razak First Aider 08 138696466 – 6466 059296337
Suthan Samuel Male Nurse 160 138696466 - 6466 0515210170

Contents:
 General
 Bleeding
 Asphyxia & Emergency Resuscitation
 Poisoning
 Shock
 Burns & Scalds
 Heart Attack (chest pain)
 Eye Injuries
 Heat Stroke & heat Exhaustion
 Transportation of injuries

General

 Immediate first aid treatment is very important, only not in what to do, but also in
what not to do.
 Accidents must be reported to the supervisor immediately, In case of series injury
or sudden illness, & while help is being summoned, the best ways to assist the
victim must be taken.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 194 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Timely & Proper care can mean the difference between life and death.
All personnel receiving an injury requiring emergency treatment will be sent as
soon as possible nearest medical facility.
Bleeding

Serious bleeding must be stopped immediately.


Bleeding can usually be controlled by direct pressure.
Dress a wound with sterile.
Raise and support the injured part unless suspect an blunder lying fracture.

Asphyxia
This is the condition lack of oxygen in the blood.
There are may be an insufficient amount of oxygen in the air breathed.
The lungs & heart have ceased to function effectively.
Victim need to take artificial breathing.
If no breathing and no pulse immediately start CPR.
Place him in recovery position.
Poisoning
If the causality is conscious quickly ask him what happened.
Administer plenty & fluids such as water or milk make him to vomit.
For unconscious patients lay the causality face down, head to one side, mouth
open, with head unsupported.
Make the causality to send hospital immediately.
Shock
Shock is a condition lack of blood supply in to the body blurred vision.
Causality will become extremely Pale, Feeling faint, Skin cold & Clammy,
sweating, vomiting, Feeling thirsty, Consciousness may be clouded increase in
the pulse rate and rapid breathing. Live first aid treatment immediately.
Raise the lower limbs & keep his head low & turned to one side lower limbs.
Cover the causality.
Record TPR.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 195 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Burns & Scalds

The usual sign of first degree burn are Redness or Discoloration, Mild swelling
and pain.
The second degree burns the injuries are deeper than first degree burns. And
appear red or mottled with bistro formation.
Third degree burns involve deeper destruction & there is a great danger from
shock, which is directly related to the extract of the injury.
In the first & second degree burns, the treatment is to immerge the burned area
in cool water at least Ten minute, and apply sterile gauze or clean cloth as a
protective bandage.
Third degree burns should be treated in similar particles of charred clothing,
cover burns with sterile dressing & lay the causality down.
Chemical burns of the skin should be treated as apply large amount of water.
Electrical contact burns may be extremely severe & cause the stopping of
breathing & heat action, requiring & can depth of the burns is likely to be
greater than it appears with damage to underlying tissues

Heart Attacks
 A heart attack may or not be accompanied by loss & conscious of it is severe, the
victim may die suddenly.
 The signs of symptoms are Pain in the under Breast bone, The left shoulder area
& Arm, Gasping & Shortness of break, Sweating extreme pallor or Bluish
discoloration of the lips, Skin & Finger nails, Diluted pupils & Shock, Nausea &
Vomiting.
 Immediately administered oxygen and remove victim to the hospital.
 Do not give liquid to an unconscious victim, place the victim in comfortable
position, usually sitting up & Prop him up with pillows, particulars if he is short
of breath.

Eye Injuries
 Often a foreign object lodged under the upper eyelid may be removed by
drawing the upper lid down over the lower lid & releasing.
 Flue sheng the eye with water may remove the particle.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 196 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Should an object become lodged on the eye ball, DO NOT attempt to it as it


may be forced in to the eye & cause series damage, place a bandage compress
over the eye & send the patient in for medical attention as soon as possible.

Heart Stroke & Heat Exhaustion

 A symptom of Heatstroke is a high temperature. Face will usually be red & the skin
hot & dry with no Sweating. Headache, Dizziness, labored breathing often company
Heatstroke. Unconsciousness is not uncommon.

 The victim of Heatstroke Should be moved to a cool place & laid down with his
head raised remove as much as possible & cool the body with applications of cold
cloths or a cold bath. It is very important to reduce the temperature & keep it down.

 DO NOT give stimulants.

 As consciousness returns, watch for signs of shock & treat accordingly.

 Heat exhaustion is just the opposite from heatstroke. The face is pale, Skin moist &
cool with profuse sweating. Temperature is sub- normal, weak & rapid pulse,
shallow breathing, dizziness & often nausea & vomiting.

 The patient should be removed to circulating air & laid down with head lowered.
External heat should be applied & the victim wrapped in blankets.

 Frequent drink of warm salt water (approximately one teaspoon of salt per 500ml of
water) should be administered.

 Keep victim warm & treat for shock.

 The possibility of heat exhaustion & Heatstroke may be minimized by increasing the
salt intake during exposure to hot environments. Use extra salt in food, drink salt in
water, or take salt tablets to replace the body salt lost through perspiration.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 197 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Transportation of Injured

 DO NOT be hurried into moving an injured person, & be sure that a thorough
examination has been made for all injuries & they are properly protected by
dressings, splints, etc.
 If a severely injured person must be moved, he should always be transported laying
down.
 When transporting a seriously injured person by helicopter, boat or road vehicle,
someone should accompany the injured to the medical facilities.
 When transporting an injured person by road vehicle other than ambulance,
it is much better to a flatbed truck than to jackknife the person into a passenger car.
 Always suspect a back injury in a seriously injured person & make every attempt to
keep the back straight if he must be moved. Hold a tension on the victim’s
neck & head & move the entire body as a unit.
 In each injury requiring transportation to the medical facility, use the most
accessible facility for rapid transport.

Incident Categories
Fatality (FTL)

Work related injuries or illness that results in death, fatalities are included when
calculating the LTR incidence rate & frequency rate.
First Aid (FA)

Any treatment of minor scratches, cut, burns, splinters& so forth & any follow up visit
for the purpose of observation.
The following are generally considered FA treatment.
 Using a non –prescription medication of non –prescription strength.
 Administering tetanus immunizations.
 Cleaning, Flushing or Soaking wounds the surface of the skin.
 Using wound covering bandages.
 Using hot or cold therapy.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 198 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Using any non-rigid means of sport, such as elastic bandage, wraps, non-rigid
black belts etc..
 Using eye patches.
 Removing foreign bodies from the eye using only irrigation or a cotton swab.
 Using figure guards.
 Using massages physical therapy.
 Drinking fluids for relief of heat stress.

Lost Time Incident (LTR)


A work related incident (injury or illness) to an employee in which a physician
or licensed health care professional recommends day away from work due to
the incident.
Recordable incident (injury or illness)

An injury or illness that is work related & result in one of the following
 Fatality (FTL)
 Lost Time Incident (LTR)

The following incidents would be recordable, but the type of recordable incident will
depend on the severity of the injury.
 Any work related injury requiring medical care or treatment beyond FA
(regardless of the provider of such treatment)
 Any First, Second or third degree burns that result in one or more outcomes
such as medical treatment work restrictions, or day away from work.
 Removal of foreign bodies embedded in the body, including the eyes.
 Admission to hospital or equivalent medical facility for treatment.
 Needle sticks & “Sharp injuries”- Record all needle stick & injuries that result
from sharps potentially contaminated with another person’s blood or other
potentially infectious materiel.
 Use of sutures of surgical glue.
 Massage treatment given by a physical therapist or chiropractor.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 199 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Intravenous administration of fluids to treat work related stress.


 Administration of one does of prescription medication for treatment of the
injury.
 Use of non-prescription medication (over the counter medication) at
prescription strength for treatment of the injury.

Medical cases – Occupational Health.

 Work related cancer.


 Work related chronic irreversible diseases.
 Positive X-Ray diagnosis of fractures, cracked or broken, etc. regardless of type
of treatment given.
 Punctured ear drum.
 Loss of consciousness.

Illness

A work related illness that is determined by a physician or licensed health care


professional to have resulted from exposure to factors related the employee’s
occupation & meets general recording criteria. For example : hydrogen sulfide
poisoning, welder exposure to fumes created from heating galvanized materiel,
exposure to work place chemicals, heat stress, heat exhaustion, heat stroke, sun stroke,
frostbite, etc.
Lost Time Incident Experience

The period of time since the last lost time incident that occurred on the unit. If the unit
has operated for 365 days since the last lost time incident, it is eligible to receive unit
recognition provided the eligibility criteria for recognition have been met.
The unit shall be eligible to receive plaque in recognition of the achievement.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 200 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Rate Calculation.

Rate can be calculated two ways, frequency rate, which is incidents per 1,000,000 man-
hour worked or incident rate, which is per 200,000 man – hour worked. The two numbers
are essentially the same, expect frequency rate is five (5) time the incident rate.
For internal use ZOSCO has selected to calculate per 1,000,000 man – hour.

Frequency rate

The LTI Frequency rate is calculated using this formula:


Number of LTI including FLT multiplied by 1,000,000 & then divided by Total Hours
Worked =Lost time frequency rate.
To calculate the recordable frequency rate, use all recordable incident data
(MTO+RWC+LTI+FTL) multiplied by 1,000,000 then divided by Total Hours Worked+
Recordable Frequency rate.

Incident Rate

The LTI rate is calculated using this formula:


Number of LTI including FLT multiplied by 200,000& then divided by Total Hours
worked =Lost time Incidence rate.
To calculate the recordable incident rate, use recordable data
(MTO+RWC+LTI+FTL) multiplied by 200,000 then divided by Total Hour Worked
= Recordable Incident rate.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 201 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Man – Hours
Total man hours worked shall include:
 All personnel assigned to the unit x 12-hours/ say plus over time worked.
 Unit manager/Sr.E lect./Sr.Mech. x 18 hours /day no. overtime added.

Work Related

 Off – duty injuries occurring in crew accommodations, camp, galley, or away


from the work site.
 Symptoms arising on premises totally due to outside factors such as injuries,
illness or fatalities due to a natural disaster (hurricane, earthquake) that is
otherwise not related to site operations. Incident of this type should not be
reported.
 Member of the general public, visitors, regulatory agents, and employee’s off
duty waiting for transportation to shore or off the location.
 An injuries or illness that results solely from voluntary participation in a
wellness program or in medical, fitness, or recreational activity such as blood
donation, physical examination flu shot, exercise class, racquetball, or other
sports activity.

 The injury or illness is the result of the employee eating, drinking & preparing
food or drink for personnel consumption. Note: An injury to a person assigned
by the company to prepare food for company personal work related.
 The injury and illness is the result of an employee doing personal tasks,
(unrelated to their employment) at the establishment.
 The injury or illness is the result of personal grooming, self-medication for a
non-work related condition, or is intentionally self-inflicted.
 The injury or illness is caused by a motor vehicle accident while the injured to
commuting to or from work even the accident occurs on company property.
Note: An injury to an individual that is caused by a motor vehicle accident
while the individual is performing his duties associated with work would be
recordable.
 Cold or flu.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 202 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Incident Reporting.

Fatality (FTL)

The person in charge (PIC) where the incident took place shall inform ZOSCO office
immediately upon the occurrence of the incident. This shall be done through any of
the available communication systems at the unit IE MCS, radio, fax, telephone, etc. &
shall fax an incident report.
Should the incident occurs after normal working hours the PIC shall inform his direct
superior IE Superintendent & or the Duty Superintendent.
The superintendent shall be responsible for informing the Asst. operations
manager/operations manager, the QA-safety manager, & HR Department, & shall
arrange with transportation supt. An immediate transport to the unit where the incident
occurred for himself & QA - safety investigator carry a full investigation of the
incident in accordance to ZOSCO incident investigation procedure.
First – Aid (FA)

The PIC where the incident took place shall inform ZOSCO office immediately upon
the occurrence of the incident. This shall be done through any of the available
communication at the unit IE MCS, radio, fax, telephone etc. & shall fax an incident
report.
Should the incident occurs after normal working hours the PIC shall inform his direct
superior IE superintendent & or the duty superintendent.
The PIC shall be responsible for conducting a full investigation of the incident &
shall send an incident investigation report to ZOSCO office as soon as practical.
Lost Time Incident

The PIC where the incident took place shall inform ZOSCO office immediately upon
the occurrence of the incident. This shall be done through any of the available
communication at the unit IE MCS, radio, fax, telephone etc. & shall fax an incident
report.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 203 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Should the incident occurs after normal working hours the PIC shall inform his direct
superior IE superintendent & or the duty superintendent.
The superintendent shall be responsible for informing the Asst. operations manager/
operations manager, the QA-safety manager, & HR Department, & shall arrange with
transportation supt. An immediate transport to the unit where the incident occurred for
himself & QA - safety investigator carry a full investigation of the incident in accordance
to ZOSCO incident investigation procedure.

Medical Treatment Only


The PIC where the incident took place shall inform ZOSCO office immediately upon
the occurrence of the incident. This shall be done through any of the available
communication at the unit IE MCS, radio, fax, telephone etc. & shall fax an incident
report.
Should the incident occurs after normal working hours the PIC shall inform his direct
superior IE superintendent & or the duty superintendent.
The PIC shall be responsible for conducting a full investigation of the incident & shall
send an incident investigation report to ZOSCO office as soon as practical.
Personal with MTO shall be brought in ZOSCO office for complete statement to
verify the case& classification, MTO shall be confirmed by QA-safety Department.
Restricted Work Case
The PIC where the incident took place shall inform ZOSCO office immediately upon
the occurrence of the incident. This shall be done through any of the available
communication at the unit IE MCS, radio, fax, telephone etc. & shall fax an incident
report.
Should the incident occur after normal working hours the PIC shall inform his direct
superior IE Superintendent & or the Duty Superintendent.
The PIC shall be responsible for conducting a full investigation of the incident & shall
send an incident investigation report to ZOSCO office as soon as practical. Personal
with RWC shall be brought in ZOSCO office for complete statement to verify the case
& classification, RMC shall be confirmed by QA-Safety Department.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 204 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Near Miss

An incident shall be categorized as NM when it does not result in personal injury or


loss of materiel in excess of $10,000.
The PIC where the incident took place shall inform ZOSCO office immediately upon
the occurrence of the incident. This shall be done through any of the available
communication at the unit IE MCS, radio, fax, telephone etc. & shall fax an incident
report.
Should the incident occur after normal working hours the PIC shall inform his direct
superior IE Superintendent & or the Duty Superintendent.
The PIC shall be responsible for conducting a full investigation of the incident & shall
send an incident investigation report to ZOSCO office as soon as practical.
Where the NM is classified as high potential, where these has been imminent danger
of multiple injuries or fatalities, serious near misses HPNM shall be further
investigated by QA-Safety Department in coordination with the respective
superintendent.

Road and Traffic Incident Reporting

The PIC where the incident took place shall inform ZOSCO office immediately upon
the occurrence of the incident. This shall be done through any of the available
communication at the unit IE MCS, radio, fax, telephone etc. & shall fax an incident
report.
Should the incident occur after normal working hours the PIC shall inform his direct
superior IE Superintendent & or the Duty Superintendent.
The superintendent shall be responsible for informing the Asst. operations
manager/operations manager, the QA-Safety manager, & Transport superintendent.
Title:

First Aid Procedure Page 205 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 016
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Safety Flashes

To disseminated the gained information from incident the accrue on ZOSCO unit & to
ensure that teaming point are communicated to all ZOSCO personnel, safety flashes
shall be issued for all incident that accrue on the ZOSCO units in addition to incident
reports received from other companies & other sources within the industry.
Safety flash shall include:
 Description of the incident.
 Possible outcome. (near misses/HIPO incidents)
 Causes
 Action to avoid recurrence

Safety flash shall be distributed to all ZOSCO Units/Department.


Safety flashes shall be posted at visible places at the site where personal can have
access to them.
The QA-Safety Department is responsible for keeping updated log of all safety flashes
issued in numerical order, & for maintaining the master file for same. Copies of the
log shall be sent to all units for update.
Title:

Work Permit Procedure Page 206 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Work Permit Procedure:


Contents:
1. Scope

2. Responsibility

3. Procedure

A. Issuance
B. Execution & Completion

C. Check List of Precautions for Specific Task


a. Hot Work
b. Electrical Work & Mechanical Isolation
c. Confined Space Entry
d. Over-side Work
e. Working at Heights
f. Pressure Testing
g. Radioactive Source
h. Use of Explosives/Perforation
i. Diving Operators
j. Lifting Operations (complicated/complex)
D. Work Permit Audit
E. Emergency Shut Down
4. Documents
5. Filing
Appendix A: Process Flowchart
Appendix B: Work Permit Form
Title:

Work Permit Procedure Page 207 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Scope
A work permit is a formal written means of ensuring that potentially dangerous tasks
are carried out in safe manner. This can be achieved by following the procedure for
the use of work permit & by ensuring that the person, who actually carries out the
work, is doing so in a competent manner.

 Responsibilities
A. The PIC of the unit is responsible for the control & administration of the Work Permit
System. He shall ensure that:
 Any work requiring a permit has the associated hazards identified & appropriate
written instructions are issued.
 Works permits that may affect or interact with other areas are cross-referenced
clearly & effectively & other work, which would create a hazard, if undertaken at
the same time, is suspended.

The PIC shall approve all work permits.

 If delegating the approval of work permits to his next in command, the


PIC shall issue to that person instructions. These instructions shall state
the time frame e.g. night shift, for which the next in command can issue
work, permits.
 The PIC is responsible for ensuring that.
 The person/group carrying out the work is competent & briefed on the
procedures to be followed.
 The work permit is cross referred to other systems in place e.g. Job Safety Analysis,
Isolation Certificate.
 Certificate & those other applicable checklists are used in conjunction with the
permit.
 All practicable steps are taken to ensure that the work is undertaken safely.

B. The Work Group Supervisor shall be responsible for the actual conduct of work
Under the Work Permit System & shall assure that required safety precautions are in
place. He shall be responsible for the work site & the work group performing the
work under the Work Permit System.
Title:

Work Permit Procedure Page 208 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Procedure
A. Preparation & Issuance

A work permit is to be issued for all task involving welding, flame cutting, or any
other work involving or giving source of ignition, working on electrical or mechanical
equipment that would require isolation of systems, confined space entry e.g. tank/void
entry, over side work, working at height, hoisting of personnel, pressure testing, use of
radioactive source/materials, use of explosives e.g. perforation, diving operations etc.

The work permit from to be issued shall be completed/marked according to the type
of work to be performed. Additional checklists are used to provide additional specific
safety precautions that should be available when conducting specific job.

The hazards identified with each activity to be performed shall be identified via a
formal documented process e.g. JSA.

Job Safety Analysis (JSA) shall be issued as per procedure & cross-referred in the
work permit. It shall be discussed & communicated to the crew as part of safety
precaution prior commencement of work under Work Permit Systems.

A physical locking out & tagging of valves, electrical a system etc. is required for any
work, which requires isolation of systems either mechanical or electrical. Isolation
shall be achieved by the use of secure padlocks & hasps or chains. The designated
worker to perform the locking shall have the lock & key, & each lock shall be
attached to the valve etc. by a hasp or chain to prevent the valve being opened until all
locks have been removed.

Each permit shall specify the work to be carried out, the precautions which have to
be taken, reference to a SJA if appropriate, reference to Isolation of Systems
Certificate particular equipment to be used, protective clothing to be worn, the period
for which the permit is to continue in force, the name of the person to whom it is
issued, approval to conduct work under work permit & close-out.
These are minimum requirements. Local conditions or legislation may require
additional precautions & procedures.
Work permit shall be issued in multiple copies (1 original + 3 copy) & it shall
be distributed as follows;
Title:

Work Permit Procedure Page 209 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Original form to be kept with Work Permit Focal Point/Control Room.


 Copy #1 to be kept with Work Permit Holder/Work Group Supervisor to be kept at
work place.
 Copy #2 to be kept with Concerned Section Leader (Area Authority).
 Copy #3 shall be used as appropriate if further personnel should be informed.
B. Execution & Completion:
The Work Group Supervisor shall ensure through the Pre-job Safety Meeting, that all
personnel involved in the work activity covered by work permit are aware of the
hazards & the required safety precautions.

If during the execution of the work new hazards arise or conditions under which work
permit was issued changed, the work shall be stopped & new hazards & work
conditions assessed. This may require that work be abandoned & postponed until new
safety precautions are completed to the satisfaction of the Work Group Supervisor &
PIC.

The period for which the permit remains in force is not to extend over a shift change
maximum 12 hours

On completion of the task, the Work Group Supervisor shall inspect the work site &
satisfy himself that the job has been completed & the area left in a safe condition, &
that normal operations may be safely resumed.

He shall then collect the copy kept at work site & complete original & sign it, he
shall enter date & time of actual work completion. The original shall be checked &
signed off by the PIC & kept in the site file for 3 months from the date of issue; all
other copies shall be disposed-off.

 Permit Log:

A lot of work permits shall be maintained by the designated Work Permit Focal Point
& shall, as minimum contain following information.
Title:

Work Permit Procedure Page 210 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Date of issue.
 Work permit number.
 Type of work permit.
 Brief description of the task-task name.
 The work group to which work permit is issued.
 Time open-time closed.

C. Check List of Safety Precautions for Specific Tasks

The following safety precaution shall serve as guidelines for Work Group
Supervisor/Permit Holder; however they should not replace a formal risk assessment
of the work to be performed under work permit where additional precautions could
be required or identified as appropriate.

 Hot Work

Hot Work permit displayed.


JSA issued (when applicable).
IC issued (when applicable) & cross referred to work permit.
Barriers/Notices required
Correct tools & equipment available & in good condition.
Flammable/Explosives substances in surrounding areas & compartments.
Safety & nearby pipes-flushed & isolated.
Fire watch with correct type of fire extinguisher posted.
Ventilation requirement.
Need for audio & radio warnings.

 Electrical and/or Mechanical Isolation

Work permit displayed.


JSA issued (when applicable).
IC issued & cross referred to work permit.
Barriers/notices required.
Correct tools & equipment available.
Flammable/Explosive gas test performed (when applicable).
Correct system isolated.
Physical lockout complete.
Title:

Work Permit Procedure Page 211 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Notice of isolation affixed at isolation point.


Check on other functions lost by isolation.
Need for audio warning.

 Confined Space Entry

Confined space entry work permit displayed.


JSA issued (when applicable) & cross referred to work permit.
Barriers/Notices required.
Correct tools & equipment available.
Flammable/Explosive gas test required.
Area checked for oxygen & toxic gases.
Need for ventilation/breathing apparatus.
Watchmen appointed.
Safety lines to be used.
Lighting adequate.

 Over-side Work

Work permit displayed.


JSA issued (when applicable).
IC issued (when applicable) & cross referred to work permit.
Barriers/Notices required.
Correct tools & equipment available.
Watchman appointed.
Standby vessel informed & on hand.
Control room informed.
Radio communication established between control room, watchman & standby
vessel.
Lifeline & work vest (or life jacket) to be worn by anyone working over side.
Lifebuoy fitted with a line & light during hours of darkness, at hand.
Need for lighting.

Work over-side during darkness or periods of marginal weather should be restricted, &
carried out only w/ PIC permission
Title:

Work Permit Procedure Page 212 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Working at Heights

 Work permit displayed.


 JSA issued (when applicable).
 IC issued (when applicable) & cross referred to work permit.
 Stabbing board check list (when applicable).
 Pre-man riding check list (when applicable).
 Barriers/Notices required (special attention to area below the personnel working
at heights).
 Correct tools & equipment available.
 Lifting equipment in good condition with valid certificates.
 Stages & ladders in safe condition.
 Lifting arrangement safe, if cranes & work basket/stage used.
 Safety harness & lifeline to be worn by personnel working aloft.
 Sufficient light rigged if work has to be performed during hours of
darkness.
 Necessary communication arranged & checked, e.g. between Crane
 Operator/Winch Operator & Person working aloft.

 Pressure Testing

 Work permit displayed.


 JSA issued (when applicable).
 IC issued (when applicable) & cross referred to work permit.
 Barriers/Notices required.
 Correct tools & equipment available.
 Watchmen appointed.
 Audio warning given.

 Radioactive Source (NORM)

 Radioactive safely kept handled by designated 3rd party personnel.


 Work permit displayed.
 JSA issued (when applicable).
 IC issued (when applicable).
 Barriers/Notices erected.
 Audio warning given.
Title:

Work Permit Procedure Page 213 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Use of Explosive/Perforating
Perforating guns/explosives safety kept & handled by designated 3rd party
personnel.
Work permit displayed.
JSA issued (when applicable).
IC issued (when applicable) & cross referred to work permit
Barriers/Notices required.
Notice about radio silence given.
All mobile telephones switched off.
Control room informed.
Standby vessel informed (as applicable).
Helicopter in the vicinity informed.
Relevant equipment isolated.

 Diving Operations

Work permit displayed.


JSA issued (when applicable).
IC issued (when applicable) & cross referred to work permit.
Barriers/Notices required.
Standby vessel warned & on hand.
Control room informed.
Communication established between control room, divers supervisor, & standby
vessel.
Audio warning required.
No over-side work, which might endanger divers, e.g. crane work.

 Lifting Operations (Complicated/Complex)

Work permit displayed.


Lifting operation checklist completed.
Lifting plan completed.
Lifting equipment checked.
 Work group assigned – banks man designated.
Competent person in charge of lifting operation.
Title:

Work Permit Procedure Page 214 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Work Permit Audit

PIC or the Concerned Section Leader (AA) shall carry random audits on Work
Permit System to assure implementation & understanding. The audit shall include
both review of the work permit form, log, file, etc. & physical inspectors of the
work site to ensure all safety precautions are in place in compliance with the work
permit. The audit should over 10% of the issued work permits for the period being
the audit time frame e.g. daily, weekly.

 Emergency Shut Down

 In an emergency situation or if the work under the Work Permit System cannot be
completed / interrupted, the Work Group Supervision shall insure the work site is
secured & doesn’t constitute a hazard to people or equipment.
He shall when practical return the work site to a normal condition & shall inform
the Work Permit Focal Point/Control Room that work under work permit has
been stopped..
PIC shall sign-off on the work permit accordingly.
When the emergency situation is over a new work permit should be issued to
continue/restart the work. This should be done after careful consideration &
inspection of the work site to assure work condition under which work should
continue/restart.

 Documents

Process Flowchart (Appendix A)


Work Permit Form (Appendix B)
 Filing

 Filing shall be maintained at the office files for 3 months, documents to be disposed
off after 1 year.
Title:

Work Permit Flowchart Page 215 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-PRC - 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Work Permit Flowchart


Title:

Work Permit Page 216 of 329

Revision: 3
Document No: HSE-FMT - 018
Document Class:Level-3 Effectivity Date: 01-Nov-2015
Permit S / N: Permit validity (max. 12 hrs)

Hot Work Cold Work Confined Space Work


Working at Height Electrical works H.V L.V
Date: / /
Time Start: …………….……………………… Time End: ………………………..……..
Department: ………………………..………… Vessel Name: ……………………………
Location of work :…………….……………….…………………..………………………………………………….....................................
Equipment & Tool: ……………………………………………….………….……….…………………………...………………………….
Description of Work ………….: ……………………………………………….:.………….: ………………………………………………
Protective Equipment’s Required Worksite Preparation
Yes No Yes No
Helmet/Safety shoes/ coverall Conflict with other work
Eye Protection Check Boundary Spaces
Ear Protection Adequate Illumination
Respiratory Protection Adequate Ventilation
Breathing Apparatus Atmosphere Check
Working /Welding Gloves Tool Box meeting
Fire Hose
Fire Extinguisher
Fire Blanket
Life Jacket / Work Vest
Fire Watcher
Name Of Fire Watcher (s) Reviewed by HSE Site Supervisor
Signature : Name & Signature :

Special Precautions / Instructions to Be Followed


……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Gas Test Results
Repeat Gas Test Every ( ) Hrs. Reading Time Tester's Name / Signature
Oxygen % Accepted Reading (19.5 - 23.5 %)
LEL % Accepted Reading (0 - 10 % )
H2S Accepted Reading (0.1 ppm)
CO Accepted Reading (8.1 ppm)
Person(s) Work In Confined Space:
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…
Stand By Person:
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Permit Holder Permit Authority
I have read, understand and will I have checked permit details, protection required and special
Comply with all conditions above precautions and have personally inspected the work area
Name: Name:
Signature: Signature:
Permit Issuer
I authorize this work under the specified work precautions and conditions
HSE Site Supervisor: Signature: HSE Engineer: Signature:
Cancellation
Work Completed : Permit returned by person doing the work (Worksite and equipment’s left clean and safe)
Work Not Completed: Permit returned by person doing the work (Worksite and equipment’s left clean and safe)
Work Not Safe
HSE Dept. Name: Signature:
Concern Dept. Name: Signature:
White Color (Permit holder) Red color (HSE Dept.) Yellow color (Ship coordinator) Blue color (On board)
Title:

Page 217 of 329


Stop Card

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL-017
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Stop Card Procedure

Contents:

1. Scope

2. Responsibility

3. Procedure

A. Issuance & Handling

B. Identification

C. Stop Cards Record Sheet

4. Document

Appendix A: STOP Card Form


Title:

Page 218 of 329


Stop Card Procedure
Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL-017
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

1. Scope

Each & every ZOSCO employee has the duty to STOP the work if in doubt of

the job safety. To document this intervention, ZOSCO has selected the STOP

card system.

2. Responsibility
Each ZOSCO employee is empowered to intervene if he/she observes an unsafe
act (at risk behavior) and/or unsafe condition.

When additional corrective action is required, it is the responsibility of the concerned


Section
Leader to ensure that a corrective action is taken or planned to close the unsafe
condition.

The Unit Manager shall receive record, analyze & discuss all STOP cards
received from all crewmembers at the weekly HSE meeting (STOP Focal
Point).

When available the Unit Safety Engineer shall be designated as STOP focal point.

The Concerned Superintendent shall ensure the implementation of this procedure at


the site under his supervision & shall ensure that STOP cards analysis is performed at
the end of each month.
3. Procedure
A. Issuance & Handling
 Blank STOP cards shall be sent to all ZOSCO work locations as part of the
standard safety forms.
 STOP cards shall be made available to all ZOSCO personnel & Contractor’s
personal. In Site; they shall be kept at doghouse, mess hall, workshops &
control room
Title:

Page 219 of 329


Stop Card Procedure
Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL-017
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Crewmembers shall turn-in these STOP cards to their Section Leaders (Work
Group Supervisor) who shall discuss it with the concerned crew & shall give
them in turn to STOP Focal Point to have it discussed in the weekly HSE
meeting.
 STOP card(s) with potentially serious outcome should be fully investigated
by the site management & shall be reported on the Near Miss/Incident
reporting form.
 All STOP cards (when practical) shall be recorded on the HSE meeting form
along with the corrective actions taken & shall be logged (per category) by
the STOP Focal Point on the STOP card record sheet.

B. STOP Record Sheet.

Consist of two columns:

1) Categories
2) Number of cards

 At the end of each month the Unit Manager shall fill in the STOP Record
Sheet showing the number of safe & unsafe acts & conditions observed
during the reporting month next to each category.
 The STOP Record Sheet shall be sent at the end of each calendar month to the
Concerned Supt.
 The STOP Record Sheet shall be forwarded to QM-HSE Department to
perform
a companywide STOP analysis based on the received STOP Record Sheet
from ZOSCO units. The STOP analysis shall be issued on monthly basis &
shall be distributed to all ZOSCO work locations.
 The purpose of this monthly STOP analysis is to highlight to area(s) where
there
is an underlying hazard of having an incident or areas where an improvement
can be made, based on the categories of the received STOP cards.
Title:

Page 220 of 329


Stop Record Sheet
Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-REC-001
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015
Title:

Page 221 of 329


Work Stop Form

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT-019
DocumentClass:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

WORK STOP FORM


DATE : / / TIME :

DEPARTMENT / ‫ اﻟﻘﺴــﻢ‬: …………………………………

SUPERVISOR / ‫ اﻟﻤﻼﺣـﻆ‬: ……………………………………………………………………………………………...

KIND OF WORK / ‫ ﻧــﻮع اﻟﻌﻤـﻞ‬: ……………………………………………………………………………………….


………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

LOCATION / ‫ اﻟﻤﻮﻗـﻊ‬: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….

THE REASON / ‫ اﻟﺴﺒـﺐ‬: ……………………………………………………………………………………………….


………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...

SAFETY DEPARTMENT

NAME :…………………………………………….

SIGNATURE : ………………………………………….
Title:

Fuel Oil Transfer Procedure Page 222 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Fuel Oil Transfer Procedure


The following is safety and general information about diesel fuel.

 Marine diesel fuel is very lightweight (low viscosity) oil that is dyed red
for off road/marine use only.
 It smells like regular diesel fuel.
 Diesel fuel is a hazardous and flammable material and should never be
transferred around any source of flame or extreme heat source such as
welding or a cutting torch. Efforts should also be made to avoid skin or eye
contact or ingesting.
 Safe handling of diesel requires wearing safety glasses, assuring that
all connections are correct and secure, and that the transfer process is
never left unattended.
 If fuel spills or leaks during the transfer process, the first priority is to stop
the flow of fuel. Then do whatever is necessary to quickly contain the
spilled or leaking fuel using absorbent pads. If containment is not possible
and if fuel discharges into the water, call the Marine pollution
immediately on VHF Marine Channel 2 or the Safety Department Bravo
No. 200 or 9
 If skin is exposed to diesel, flush with copious amount of water and
wash with soap until all traces of diesel are gone. If eyes are exposed to
diesel, flush with copious amount of water for at least 10 minutes and
call a physician. If diesel fuel is ingested, do not induce vomiting.
Call Bravo 160 or 8, the local poison control center or a physician
immediately.
 If there is a fuel fire onboard call Bravo 200 there are a variety of
extinguishing agents, such as portable Dry Chemical and CO2
extinguishers, around the ship. Directing Dry Chemical at the leading
edge of a fire from a very low angle and with side-to-side sweeping
motions, and continuing until the fire is out, is the most effective method
of smothering and fighting a fire. There is also an automatic halon
system located in the engine room. The automatic halon system also has
manual activation controls located high on the aft wall of the galley near
the stairs.
Title:

Fuel Oil Transfer Procedure Page 223 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Procedure for transferring fuel into the vessel.

 There must be at least two persons onboard during the fuel transfer process
into the vessel.
 Prior to starting the fuel transfer process; assure that the vessel is
properly secured to the dock.
 Remove the fill and vent caps from the forward or aft fill and vent
pipes respectively, depending on the tanks being filled (See photos
below).

Forward Vent and Fill Caps Aft Vent and Fill Caps

 Place and wrap fuel-absorbing pads around the base of each pipe for the aft
tanks and install absorbent pad plugs in the drain of the containment areas
for each of the forward tanks.
 Bring the hose and nozzle to the fill pipe for the tank to be filled. Place
the end of the nozzle into the fill pipe and start the fill process.
Title:

Fuel Oil Transfer Procedure Page 224 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

NOTE:
There must be at least one person stationed at each active nozzle at
all times and no active nozzle shall be left unattended.

 During the filling process of the aft tanks, regularly check the level of the fuel
by looking into the vent pipe using a flashlight. Stop the nozzle if necessary to
adequately see inside the tank.

 Once the fuel level is within 1-2 inches from the bottom of the pipe, stop
the nozzle. Do not overfill. Following this procedure will help prevent
accidental spills.
 Assure that the last drops have stopped, place the nozzle on an absorbent
pad and recap the fill and vent pipes.

 Move the nozzle to the next tank to be filled or return to the attendant on
the fuel dock.
 During the filling process of the forward (FWD) tanks, regularly check the
level of the fuel by stopping the nozzle, going into (or sending someone else
into) the engine room and check the related sight glass. When the level of the
tank reaches 1-2 inches from the top of the sight glass, stop the nozzle. do not
overfill. Following this procedure will help prevent accidental spills.
 Assure that the last drops have stopped, place the nozzle on an absorbent
pad and recap the fill and vent pipes.
 Move the nozzle to the next tank to be filled or return to the attendant on
the fuel dock.
 If there is an accidental minor spill, first deactivate the nozzle and
using as many absorbent pads as necessary, contain the spilled fuel.
 If the spill is beyond a minor one and cannot be contained easily, contact the
Marine pollution or Safety Dept. immediately at Bravo No. 200 or 9
Title:

Fuel Oil Transfer Procedure Page 225 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Procedure for transferring waste lube oil off the vessel or into storage barrels.
There must be at least three persons onboard the vessel during the waste
oil transfer process off of the vessel. They would be the operation and one
crew. The operation may participate directly or oversee the operation.
To transfer used motor lube oil off the vessel, position an empty oil
drum/container (drum) on the deck or on the dock. Assure that the capacity is
adequate for the volume to be pumped off the vessel.
Remove the 1-inch Cam Lock cap from the outflow pipe that is located on the
upper deck, behind the wheelhouse and just aft of the drum storage station
Attach the end of the hose without the valve to the outflow pipe and insert
the valve end nozzle into the large bung in the receptacle drum.
Locate absorbent pads near the hose connection on deck and at the drum.
One person will be stationed at the drum, one at the on-deck hose connection
and one in the engine room
 Open the respective ¼ turn valves at the oil drain port on the oil pans of each
engine to be drained and open the appropriate waste oil discharge ¼ turn
valves in the oil transfer pump manifold.
With the nozzle in the drum, open the valve and start the transfer pump that is
located on the portside of the forward bulkhead in the main engine room by
the door into the forward engine room
 The transfer pump is a pneumatic type. With a charged air hose
attached, open the ¼ turn valve on top to start the pump.
Constantly monitor the level of the drum and the connection of the hose on
the deck outflow pipe.
If the level in the drum reaches 5-6 inches from the top, close the hose
valve immediately and turn off the transfer pump as soon as possible.
When the transfer is complete, close the valve. Remove the hose from the deck
outflow pipe and replace the Cam Lock cap. Then, with the valve nozzle still
in the drum, open the valve and drain the hose completely into the drum.
When completely drained, close the valve and cap the other end of the hose.
Following this procedure will help prevent accidental spills. Store the hose in
the storage area on the bulkhead of the portside of the main engine room.
 Close all of the waste oil discharge ¼ turn valves in the oil transfer
pump manifold.
Title:

Docking & Undocking Page 226 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 018
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Instruction for Docking & Undocking

The new ship yard is already open to r e c e i v e ships up to 5 4 0 0 tons


displacement, with length up to 110m, width u p to 30m and draught up to
5m at the lowest tide. The maneuvering area around the ship-lift i s -8m deep. It
has been used to dock and undock ships, but due to deferent type of vessels coming
there during deferent weather conditions we prefer place some instruction for
safe and easy docking and sailing of ships to and from the ship-lift.

This type of lifting docks, protruding to sea, requires some procedures to dock and
sail ships without c a u s i n g damage to the ship-side or the dock wall. The dock
wall is fitted w i t h r o l l e r fenders at the dock entrance. A mechanical towing
s y s t e m including two c a p s t an s and four b o l l a r d s on either side are in place.

We advise when the ship come for docking should follow t h e below instruction:

 DOCKING:

A request for pilot should be send through Marine Affairs Department and
port
control well in advance.

The ship to be brought near the dock on the center line of the Dock with
head
or stern facing the dock using Tugs ( see the drawing in the sketch no. l of 4
attached).
Two Tugs are to be used to maintain the ship on the center line of the dock.
Title:

Docking & Undocking Page 227 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 018
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

The ropes are to be sent from the dock to the ship while the ship is being
controlled and kept by the tug in the middle and at a safe and convenient
distance from the dock entrance for passing the heaving lines.

Start pulling the ropes that a r e already connected t o shore end


capstans and to the ship.
When the bow or Stern of the ship reach at about 1/3 rd. of the dock, check &
hold the ship (see sketch 20f 4). There after two ropes from each side of the
ship should be sent from the dock and fasten to the bollards to hold the ship
from drifting to the side of the dock.

Two tugboat should be ready on each side of the ship to hold her at aft or Bow
from drifting outside of the dock. Continue pulling the ship, at the same time
slackening the intermediate r o p e s according to the pulling.

Once the vessel entered approx.3/4th (see sketch 3 of 4) of its length inside
the ship lift and it is convenient to send heaving line for the Bow or stern
ropes as the case may be, hold the vessel in position and pass the heaving lines
and ropes and connect it to the ship lift entrance capstans

Pilot to continue hold and maintain the ship position at the center of the ship
lift with the help of tugs, till the Sea end Capstans get control on the ship.
Continue pulling the vessel using shore end capstan, while the pilot
maintaining the balance part of the ship with in the center of the ship lift
using tug assistance.
On receiving confirmation from the dock master that the vessel completely entered
into ship lift and under the control of the capstans pilot can release the tugs.
Title:

Docking & Undocking Page 228 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 018
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Thereafter, positioning of the ship with respect to the maker will be carried out by
the dock crew under dock masters directions (see sketch 04 of 04)
 Maintaining a cordial interaction and communication between the pilot and the
dock master prior to commencement and during the operation helps for effective
docking/undocking operation and controlling of the ship.

 UNDOCKING:

 A request for pilot should be send through marine affairs department and port
control well in advance.
 The dock is to be kept ready before the pilot is called for.
 At least two tugs should be available.
 Ship is to be pulled out with ropes on bollards on each side to maintain the ship in
the middle of the ship lift.

 Docking and Undocking Time Schedule

Normal Docking & Undocking – 06.00am to 05.00pm


(If Emergency Docking & Undocking can doing at night)

For any further information if required please contact with Marine department.
Title:

Docking & Undocking Page 229 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 018
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015
Title:

Isolation of System Page 230 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 019
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 ISOLATION OF SYSTEM

Content:

1. Scope

2. Responsibilities & Definitions

3. The Procedure

4. Documents
Title:

Isolation of System Page 231 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 019
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Scope:
To define the minimum requirements for isolation of systems to be operated within
Zamil Offshore Service Company

Isolation procedures are vital constituents to the operating unit’s Safety


Management System &, as such need to be carefully defined to ensure that they
provide the necessary protection to both personnel & the environment.

Responsibility & Definitions:


The Concerned Line Manager is responsible for ensuring the requirements of this
procedure are implemented in the area of his/her responsibility.

The Person in Charge (PIC) of the operating unit is normally responsible for
operating permit to work & isolation systems & for maintaining auditable
documentation of both systems.

The QA-HSE Department is responsible for maintaining this procedure. Following are
definitions of specific terms used in this document: Operating Unit e.g. land rig, barge,
and jack –up, workshop etc.

IC Isolation Certificate

Person In Charge (PIC). That person with the highest authority on the
person actually performing the work e.g.

The Procedure:

Responsibilities:

Mechanical isolation may only be performed by suitable qualified personnel e.g.


Mechanic. Electrical isolation may only be performed by suitably qualified
personnel e.g. Electrician. However a person may not isolate equipment on
which he/she will solely work.
Title:

Isolation of System Page 232 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 019
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

In the situation where, for example: an electrical isolation is required of a motor on


which the Electrician shall work alone, then the electrical isolation must be
performed or shall be witnessed by another qualified person.

IC Preparation:
If a work permit requires that equipment energy isolation be undertaken as a
precautionary measure, then an IC shall be raised.

One IC is required for each piece of equipment isolated e.g. if three engines are to be
worked on the same location, then an IC (and work permit) is required for each engine
Information on the IC shall include:

 The name of the operating unit


 A unique identification number
 The work permit number to which the IC will apply
 The requested time & date of the isolation
 The name & position of the work supervisor
 The exact reference to the equipment to be isolated
 The type of isolation
 The numbers of the tags and/or locks used
 The time & date the isolation is in force
 The name & signature of the person performing the

isolation Each IC shall be logged preferably in a combined

work permit/IC log. Performing the Isolation:

A work permit is required for isolating equipment even if no additional work is


carried out at the same time.

The power supply shall be locked –off (isolated) for all the necessary equipment.
The number of the tags/locks used shall be entered on the IC. The tag/lock shall be
labeled with the IC number.
Title:

Isolation of System Page 233 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 019
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Mechanical isolation shall be performed after completion of the necessary


electrical isolation. The precise identification/location of the valves/flanges
closed/blanked off shall be recorded on the IC; the locks shall be labeled with the
IC number.

Where more than one person, or group, is involved in a task requiring isolation,
then each group shall have its own lock. Each group shall place their individual
lock on the isolation. In such cases, each individual or group is responsible for
releasing their own lock on completion of the task to ensure the isolation is not
removed prematurely.
Distribution of Copies of IC’s
Copies shall be held by:

 Attached to the applicable work permit (mater copy)


 The designated control room
 The person performing the isolation

It is not necessary to have a copy of the IC at the site of isolation provided the
physical lock is referenced to the IC – see “Performing the Isolation” above.

Change of Work Permit:


If the work permit is signed –off & a new one raised but with the same IC still in
force, then the new work permit number shall be recorded on the IC.

The IC & work permit shall be cross-referenced to each other at all times.
Long-Term Isolation:

Long-term isolations are used when all the following conditions apply:

 Where equipment has to be taken out of use e.g. due to repair or replacement
 Where there is no current work permit
 When it is identified on the latest work permit that the equipment has not been di-
isolated
A long-term IC shall contain the same information as the non-long-term IC (this may
Title:

Isolation of System Page 234 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 019
Document Class:Level-1
30-Sep-2015

be achieved by simply adding the words “long-term” to the IC). The reason for the
isolation being “long- term” shall be on the certificate. Long-term IC shall only be
authorized for a maximum period of 3 months. At the end of this period the certificate
shall be re-authorized by the signature of the PIC.

De-isolation of Isolations:
A work permit is required for de-isolating equipment even if no additional work is
carried out at the same time.

Testing of Isolated Equipment:


During work on equipment it is often necessary to perform testing prior to
completion of the work. Suitable arrangement shall be made to ensure that
equipment is de-isolated in a controlled manner. One method for achieving this is to
record each reactivate & re-isolation during testing on the IC.

Closure of the Isolation Certificate:


Following physical de-isolation of the equipment, the person performing the de-
isolation shall record the time & date of reactivation, as well as his/her name,
position & signature on the IC.
The PIC shall then sign the IC to finally close the

IC. The IC shall be filed.

Note: Please also refer to chapter 3 Confined Space Entry Procedure (CSEP)
for isolation requirements when performing in confined spaces.

Documents
Isolation Certificate (Attached).

Filing
The PIC of the operating unit shall file the documents stated above for a minimum
period of 1 year.
Title:

Isolation System Flow Chart Page 235 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 019
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Flow Chart

Appendix A - Isolation System Flow Chart

Requirment for IC Identified

IC prepared and cross


referanced to work permit

IC Approved by PIC

Isolation perfomed

Work performed according to New work permit no. recorded on IC


work permit as requied

Work Compleate

Is de - isolation requied ?

No Establish long - term isolation


certificate
Yes

Complete work permit


De - isolate equipment and
close IC

Delay

Close Work Permit


Open new Work Permit

Close IC when requried

Close work permit


Title:

Isolation of System Certificate Page 236 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Isolation of system certificate

Operating Unit:
ISOLATION OF SYSTEMS CERTIFICATE

IC#: DATE:
ZOSCO
Work Permit Ref:

Start Date: Start Time:

Duration of Work (Days, Hours, Minutes):

Work Supervisor:

Type of Isolation Requested: Electrical Mechanical

Description of work to be done:

Precautions:
All panels, wiring circuits and connected electrical appliance have been physically isolated from the energy source
Dated tags with time shown, comments given and signed by the permit holder are in place.
Electrical/Mechanical Isolation
Locked Tagged NO. Locked Tagged NO.
Shut off and isolate prime
Switches locked
mover
Disconnect
Breakers opened hydraulic/pneumatic
supply
Fuses removed Air supply shut off
Main panel switch locked Disengage clutches
Intervening junction
Removed drive belts
boxes and switches
Bleed down residual Close main supply valve
pressure (hydraulic/pneumatic)
“No voltage”
Circuit(s) isolated measurement performed on
isolated circuit
In service keys removed
Title:

Isolation of System Certificate Page 237 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Other Precautions taken:

Confirmation of Isolation:

I hereby certify that the above isolations and precautions have been taken, the equipment has been proven de-energized by
electrical test and all concerned individuals have been adequately informed.
Name of competent person performing isolation, signed: Date: Time:

Receipt of certificate by person in charge of work:

I acknowledge receipt of a copy of this certificate and understand that the equipment has been isolated and is safe to work
on. I have personally checked that the correct equipment has been isolated.
Person in charge of work, signed: Date: _ Time:

Completion of the work:

I hereby confirm that the work detailed in section 1 above is completed, the personnel and equipment withdrawn and the
isolation may now be removed by a competent person responsible for the de-isolation

Person in charge of work, signed: Date: Time:

Confirmation of de-isolation:

I hereby confirm that the isolation detailed in section 2 has been removed and the system re-activated.

Person in charge of equipment re-activation, signed: Date: Time:


Title:

Scaffolding Page 238 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Scaffolding:

Contents:

1. Man riding

2. Scaffolding

3. Ladders, Stairs & Handrails Appendix


4. Scaffolding Checklist
Title:

Scaffolding Page 239 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Man riding
Lifting & lowering personnel by air hoist (Man riding) on site is considered a high
potential risk activity & must only be considered when no safer alternative method
can be found. Man riding must be kept to an absolute minimum & shall only be
performed under the strictest of controls & always with the permission of the on
duty Person in Charge (PIC). Man riding must only take place under the supervision
of the person in charge of the area that shall nominate only trained personnel to
perform tasks.
Man riding should be considered a “safety critical” routine.
A pre-job Job Safety Analysis (JSA) & pre-job safety meeting must be held.
Specific working instructions must be communicated, understood & followed
by all those involved in the operation.

A minimum of three people shall be used at all times & clear lines of communication
established. Hand signals are to be agreed by all parties prior to commencement of
the man riding operation.
Adverse weather conditions & lighting conditions should be assessed prior to the
commencement of the man riding operation.
Where a dedicated man riding air-hoist is installed, it shall be used solely for
hoisting & lowering personnel & must incorporate the following safety features in
their design:
 The hoist-operating lever should automatically return to neutral on release from
any operating position.
 An automatic brake should be fitted so that it will apply whenever the operating
level is returned to neutral or on loss of power.
 In the event of failure of the automatic brake a secondary brake should be
provided to prevent the load from falling. This may be manual in operation &
simple in design.
 A clutch capable of disengaging should not be fitted.
 A plate fixed to the frame of the dedicated man-riding air hoist stating “For Man-
riding
Purpose Only” & the Safe Working Load should be clearly identified on the air-
hoist.
 The air supply to the hoist will be regulated to the manufacturers
recommended air pressure.
Title:

Scaffolding Page 240 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 A device should be fitted to prevent the winch from over-riding or under-riding e.g.
a ball type, isolation valve on the air supply line, close to the hoist-operating handle.
 A functional load-limiting device should be installed (As practical).
 Anti-spin wire should be used or a swivel fitted to prevent the rope turning.
 Hydraulically operated man riding winches should have self-locking & self-
braking system fitted.
 Spooling device (As practical).
 Drum guard.

Safety hooks shall not be attached to the air hoist line when used for man riding. The
employee must be shacked directly onto the end of the air hoist line without any
intervening chain, slings, swivels or other fitting. (Shackle must be secured).
Any tools carried into the derrick must be tied off to either the employee or the air hoist
line & no other equipment shall be lifted. (All tools should be logged).
The riding belt/harness used shall be of an approved standard & inspected for wear or
damage before use.

When man riding operations are taking place, all other operations in the vicinity shall be
suspended. At no time shall the travelling blocks be moved or pipe rotated. No other
activity shall interfere with man riding operations.
Personnel involved in man riding operations shall be fully trained & deemed
competent to perform the work.
When a man riding-lifting basket is used it must be verified that the slings & basket have
a current Certificate of Inspection. The total weight of the basket, equipment & personnel
must be determined to ensure the safe working load of the air-hoist & the basket slings
are not exceeded. Personnel riding in the basket must have a safety line secured to the
air-hoist line & when work is carried out above the monkey board level, radio
communications shall be used & a banks man shall maintain line of sight at all times.
When any equipment or tools are hoisted into the derrick, the area below shall be kept
clear of personnel & steps taken to ensure no one enters into the area.
Consideration shall be given to the weight of air-hoist line versus the weight of the
man rider when hoisted above a certain level (e.g. the minimum weight of a man
while using 19mm air- hoist line above the monkey board level is approximately
200lbs/91kg).
Title:

Scaffolding Page 241 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Prior to commencing with any man riding operation risk assessment should
incorporate a contingency event of possible equipment failure or power loss.

Refer to appendix A (Pre-man riding checklist)

All of the above safe working practices would apply when man-riding
operations are conducted under the drill floor.

Man-riding Hand Signals Harmonization:


One system of hand signals MUST be used in all rigs.
The man-riding hand signals should where possible reflect other commonly used signals
in the On/offshore environment, particularly crane signals.

All persons involved in man-riding operations must understand the hand signals to be
used, prior to the commencement of a man-riding task.

The utilization of the hand signals will help eradicate confusion & reduce the
frequency of incident.

Remember, winch operator to keep man-rider in view at all times.

Refer to Appendix B (Man-riding hand signals poster)

Note: Man-riding is the Last Option.

 Scaffolding
A scaffold is an elevated working platform for supporting both personnel & materials.
It is a temporary structure, used mainly in painting, cleaning and/or maintenance work.
Scaffolding is the structure made of wood or metal that supports the working platform.

 General Safe Practice

Provide scaffolds for all work except that which can be done safely from the ground
or similar footing. A person responsible for job safety should supervise the erection,
moving, dismantling, or altering of scaffolds.
Title:

Scaffolding Page 242 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

When scaffoldings is leased or purchase, safety instructions for erection & use
should accompany the equipment.
Never interchange the scaffolding components of different manufacturers.

All scaffolds should be designed, constructed, & maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions & the applicable industry standards. Design scaffolds to
support at least four times the anticipated weight of the workers & materials that
will be on them. Brackets, trusses, screw legs & ladders that are damaged or
weakened from any cause they should be replied or replaced immediately.
Keep scaffolds, platforms, runways & floors free of grease, mud, or any other
material or equipment that will make them unsafe or hazardous to persons using
them.
Where walkways & work surface are slippery, use abrasive material to assure
safe footing.
Determine the width of all scaffolds, ramps, runways & platforms by the purpose
for which they are built. In no case, however should they be less than 18 in.
(46cm) wide. They should be wide enough for passage of materials & movement
of personnel.

Place scaffolding on a firm, smooth foundation that will prevent sideways


movement. Do not use barrels, boxes, loose bricks or concrete blocks to support
scaffolds or planks. Scaffold should be level. The poles, legs or upright of scaffolds
should be plumb & securely braced to prevent swaying & displacement.

Whenever work is being done above workers on a scaffold, provide overhead


protection for those workers. This protection should be not more than 6 ft. (2m)
above the working platform & should be made of planking or other suitable
materials.

 Means of Access

A safe & convenient means of access to be provided for crewmembers to gain access
to the working platform, means of access may be a portable ladder, fixed ladder,
ramp or runway, or stairway.
Title:

Scaffolding Page 243 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Railing

Guardrails, mid rails & toe boards shall be installed on all open sides & ends of
platforms more than 6 ft. (2m) above the working surface (floor). Standard railings
consist of a top rail, an intermediate rail, a toe board, & posts. The top rail should
be smooth throughout the length of the railing. The intermediate rail should be
halfway between the top rail & the floor, platform, runway or ramp. The ends of the
rails should not overhang the terminal posts except where such an overhang does
not constitute a hazard.
Construct the anchoring of posts & framing of members for all railings so that the
completed structure shall withstand a load of at least 200 lb. (91kg) applied in any
direction (except upwards) at any point on the top rail with a minimum of deflection.
Provide additional strength for railings receiving heavy stress form employees
trucking or handling materials. Use heavier stock, closer, spacing of posts & bracing,
or other means.

Other types, size & arrangements of railing construction are acceptable provided
they meet the following conditions:

 A smooth-surface top rail at the height above floor, platform, runway or ramp
level of approximately 42 in. (107 cm).
 Strength to withstand at least 200 lb (91 kg) top-rail pressure with a minimum
deflection.
 Protection between top rail & floor, platform, runway, ramp or stairs treads
equivalent at least to that afforded by a standard intermediate rail.
 Elimination of overhang or rail ends unless such overhang does not constitute a
hazard.
Do not use synthetic cr natural fiber ropes as guardrails. Wire rope may be used if
tension is maintained to provide not more than 4 in. (10 cm) of deflection in any
direction from the centerline under a 200 lb. (91 kg) weight. Locate support posts not
more than 8 ft. (2.4m) apart.
Title:

Scaffolding Page 244 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Types of Scaffolding

Many types of scaffolding are available; the two types used at ZOSCO are Tubular
Metal Scaffolding & Tube & Clamp (coupler) Scaffolding.

Tubular Metal Scaffolding

Erect such scaffolding according to the manufacturer’s instruction. Do not exceed


load limits & do not use dissimilar metals together in one scaffolding.

Work group supervisor should ensure that following rules for erecting, disassembling,
& using metal scaffolding are being implemented.

 Inspect all equipment before use. Never use equipment that is


damaged or deteriorated in any way.
 Keep equipment in good repair. Avoid using rusted equipment; its
strength is not known.
 Inspect erected scaffolds regularly to be sure they are
maintained in safe condition.
 Consult the scaffolding supplier when in doubt. Never take chances.

Erect all such equipment in accord with manufacturer’s specifications. Do not exceed
the load limits recommended by the manufacturer. Use extreme caution when metal
scaffolds are used in the vicinity of energized electrical circuits.

Prohibit climbing of braces. Provide a ladder or stairway for entry & exit. Provide a
landing platform with guardrails at intervals not to exceed 35 ft. (10.6m). Where a
built-in ladder is part of a scaffold system it should conform to the requirements for
ladders.

All metal scaffolds & towers shall be plumb & level. The sections of metal scaffolds
shall be securely connected & all braces securely fastened.
Title:

Scaffolding Page 245 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Scaffold planks should extend over their & supports not less than 6 in. (15 cm) nor
more than 12 in. (30 cm). Scaffold planks should be created at both ends to prevent
movement. Securely fasten work platforms to the scaffold. To prevent movement,
secure the scaffold to the building or structure at intervals not to exceed 30 ft. (9m)
horizontally & 26 ft (8m) vertically.
Tube & Clamp (coupler) Scaffolding:
It is an assembly that consists of tubing used as posts, bearers, braces, ties & runners.
It is also the base supporting the posts & special couplers that serve to connect the
upright
& Light-duty tube & coupler scaffolding should have nominal 2-in. (5-cm) O.D. steel
tubing bearers. Posts should be spaced no more than 6 ft. (1.8 m) apart by 10 ft. (3 m)
along the scaffold.

Medium-duty tube coupler scaffolding should have posts spaced not more than 6 ft.
(3 m) apart by 8 ft. (2 m) along the scaffold. It should have bearers of nominal 2½ -
in. (6-cm) O.D. steel tubing. Post spaced not more than 5 ft(1.5m) apart by 8 ft (3m)
along the scaffold should have bearers of nominal 2-in. (5-cm) O.D. steel tubing.

Heavy-duty tube & coupler scaffolding should have bearers of nominal 2½-in.
(6-cm) O.D. steel tubing with the posts spaced not more than 6ft (3m) by 6½ ft
(4.5m).
The height of scaffolding will vary. It should be constructed to support four
times the maximum intended load.

Install cross bracing across the width of the scaffold at least every third set of
posts horizontally & every fourth runner vertically. Such bracing should extend
diagonally from the inner & outer runners upward to the next outer & inner
runners.
Install lengthwise diagonal bracing on the inner & outer rows of poles at about a
45- degree angle form near the base of first outer post upward to the extreme top of
the scaffold. Where the length of the scaffold permits, duplicate such bracing
beginning at every fifth post, in similar manner. Install lengthwise diagonal bracing
from the last post extending back & upward toward the first post. Where conditions
preclude attaching of this bracing to the posts, it may be attached to the runners.
Title:

Scaffolding Page 246 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Ladders, Stairs & Handrails


All personnel should adhere to the following safety precautions:

 Site supervision should instruct personnel in the proper use & maintenance of
ladders, stairs & handrails around the site.
 Portable ladders should be inspected prior to each use for cracks, splits, loose rungs,
etc.
 Portable metal or aluminum ladders should be equipped with non-skid feet.
 Wooden portable ladders should not be painted.
 Ladders should not be used in a horizontal position as a scaffold.
 Personnel should not climb higher than the third rung from the top on extension
ladders or on the second rung on step ladders.
 Aluminum ladders should not be used around electricity.
 The side rails should be held when climbing a fixed ladder.
 Personnel should face a ladder when climbing up or down.
 Portable ladder should be secured at the top, if should be held by another person.
 Personnel should not use boxes, chairs, sawhorses, table, etc., to improve a ladder.
 Heavy, bulky tools & material should he hoisted when used on a ladder. Light
tools, equipment, etc., should be attached be moved.
 Only one person should be on a ladder.
 All stairways should be slip resistant as practical to join the various parts.

 Standard handrails should be provided for walkways, platforms & stairways


where necessary.
 Toe boards should be installed whenever tools, machine parts, materials or supplies
are to be used or stored on a walkway or platform.
 Fixed vertical ladders to be provided with back guards “caged” as practical.
Title:

Scaffolding Page 247 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 020
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

The following items regarding ladders to be checked periodically:

General

 Loose steps or rungs (considered loose if they can be moved at all with the hand).
 Loose nails, screws, bolts or other metal parts.
 Cracked, split or broken upright, braces, steps or rungs.
 Silvers on upright, rungs or steps.
 Damaged or worn nonslip bases.
 Rusted or corroded spots.

Stepladders

 Wobbly (from side strain).


 Loose or bent hinge spreaders.
 Stop on hinge spreaders broken.
 Broken, split or worn steps.
 Loose hinges

Extension Ladders

 Loose, broken or missing extension locks.


 Defective locks that do not seat properly when the ladder is extended.
 Deterioration of rope, form exposure to acid or other destructive agents.
Fixed Ladders

 Loose, worn or damaged rungs or side rails.


 Damaged or corroded parts of cage.
 Corroded bolts & rivet heads on inside of metal snacks.
 Damaged or corroded handrails or brackets on platforms.
 Base of ladder obstructed.
Title:

Scaffolding Checklist Page 248 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 004
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

(Hanging/Tower/Etc.)

VESSEL ON BOARD : ………………………………………… T - TOWER


LOCATION : ………………………………………… H – HANGING
DATE OF INSPECTION : ………………………………………… O – OTHER
..
TYPE
YES NO ACTION/COMMENTS
T H O
1. Are scaffold planks in safe condition
for use?
2. Is the frame spacing correct and
capable of carrying intended loading?
3. Have competent person been in
charge of erection?
4. Is scaffold level and plump?
5. Are all scaffold legs braced with
braces properly attached?
6. Are there proper access ways to reach
working stage?
7. Have ropes checked to carrying
intended loading?
8. Is the rope spacing capable of
carrying intended loading?
9. Have ropes fixed to a permanent
fixture, which capable of carrying
intended loading?
10. Are there safety guards/rails properly
Attached?
11. Are there to boat/tubes properly
provided?

SUBMITTED BY: …………………………………………………………………………………

DATE: ……………………………………………………………………………………………
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 249 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.4.7 Emergency Preparedness and Response


ZOSCO has established and maintained procedures to identify potential emergency
situations and accidents that can adversely affect the environment and appropriate
mitigation and response if such situation occurs, as per ZOSCO evacuation plan.
 Responding to accidents and emergency situations
 Training of personnel to respond to emergency situations

 Environmental Emergency

 Basic Emergency Requirements


Make it Safe, Stop, Contain, Notify!
Identify the cause of the emergency or incident and act immediately to prevent
it from getting worse.
Make sure that appropriate PPE is available to use where necessary.
Report any emergency or incident to the Site Manager and Environmental Team
immediately, detailing the nature, cause and location so that appropriate action can be
taken.
Contact the port Authority.
After An Incident:

Ensure that any lessons from the incident are communicated to all relevant staff and
appropriate action taken elsewhere on site if necessary.
Update all relevant Method Statements and Toolbox Talks, and ensure new
information is communicated to site staff.
 Fire
Report emergency to site manager immediately
Call fire brigade(the fire may only appear to be out)
Do not place unsafe risk
Immediately contact/inform to the port Authority.
Alert of personnel on site and assemble at the identified fire assembly point.
If possible, use appropriate fire extinguisher to contain or extinguish the fire.
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 250 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Emergency Spills and Pollution Incidents

Make sure you have the appropriate PPE before taking action
Contain a pollution incident immediately using absorbent material and booms, or by
digging containment facilities or bunds.
Report incident to site manager and the HSE manager and contact port authority
Contacted the designated spill clean- up immediately for appropriate assistance
Check all nearby water bodies and watercourses to ensure if any spills or pollution has
spread beyond the immediate area and take action as required

After An Incident
 All waste generated by clean-up activities should be disposed of in accordance with
current legislative requirements and the site waste management plan and copies of all
transfer notes retained

 Unexpected Sediment Problems

Check for broken field drains which could lead to pollution at any time
Take immediate action if you identify any high sediment which is causing pollution
or if ensure if it is significant consult with the HSE manager
Implement mitigation measures immediately control pollution at source wherever
possible. Consider whether the site activity should be halted consult the HSE team if
in doubt
Place straw bales, silt screens etc. to help control sediment immediately and /or check
measures already in place for efficacy
 Monitor the effectiveness of protection measures daily and re-plan as necessary
 Always remove silted bales/screens etc. regularly so they do not make problems worse
 Reconsider working practices which may be causing pollution in poor weather
conditions and re-plan / re- program
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 251 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Accidental Release of Cement to Watercourses


Inform the HSE team to identify further specific actions
Monitor effect of spill
Learn from the experience and plan site works to avoid pollution happening
again
 Oil Spills
Stop the action /event which is causing pollution immediately
Inform the HSE manager to identify more detailed required actions
Monitor effects of spill
Remove oil spill response materiel and dispose of in accordance with the site waste
plan or using spill kits
Deal with any contaminated soils in accordance with the site waste plan
Learn from the experience and plan site works to avoid pollution happening again

 Environmental Emergency Drills


The following schedules comprises the names of the assigned responds team and their
contract numbers. This is the team appointed by the contractor ( ZAMIL Marine Services
Company) representing the Port marine pollution contractor.

Firstly: Supervising Engineer:

S/N Name Position Contact Number

01 Mahmoud J Abou Elrous Pollution Control Coordinator 0509584405

Secondly: Dammam-40 Boat Leader:

S/N Name Position Contact Number

01 Ali Habib Abdul Latif Tugboat Master 0538702257


02 Faris Mahadi Al- Ahaikhal Tugboat Master 0515226996
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 252 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Third: Trained Seaman:

S/N Name Position Contact Number


Mohammed Ahmed Al-
01 Pollution Control Supervisor 0506501333
Noor
02 Adam Ali Jabran Speed Boat Crewmember 0549722329

03 Hilal Hussain Al-Khabaz Equipment Operator 0508309822


Hussain Ali Yousif Al
04 Equipment Operator 0547555225
Qalaf
Booms Spreading
05 Riyadh Mosa Dergham 0560365975
Supervisor
06 Jafar Mansour Dergham Speed Boat Crewmember 0598147710

07 Hussain Salem Khawaher Booms Pulling 0596299730

08 Jameel Hamad Booms Pulling 0503816524

09 Hussain Saleh Salem Booms Pulling 0546317149

10 Mosa Ali Ahmed Booms Pulling 0504926642

Fourthly: Seaman Under Training

S/N Name Position Contact Number


Mohammed Ahmed Al-
01 Booms Pulling 0507978328
Talaq
02 Radi Ali Hubail Booms Pulling 0580430380

03 Sharif Al Julaih Booms Pulling 0541017401

04 Mahadi Ahmed Al-Talaq Equipment Operator 0533111797


05 Mohammed Hubail Eisa Equipment Operator 0566698004
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 253 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Health Emergency
Natural disasters
 Severe weather : storms, heavy rains, lighting strikes
 Tornado
 Blizzard
 Flood
 Hurricane
 Disease outbreaks
 Influenza outbreak
 Botulism
 Salmonella
 West Nile virus
 SARS
Contaminated Drinking Water

Biological treat (deliberate or accidental)


 Anthrax
 Small pox
 Cholera
 Pneumonic plague
Others

Chemical Treat (deliberate or accidental)


 May be in the form of gas, solid , or liquid
 House hold chemical
 Hazardous material waste
Radiological treat
 Nuclear power plant emergency
 Bomb
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 254 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Procedure
 Surveillance or monitoring any health –related changes or patterns
Investigating underlying causes
Responding as part of a team
Providing recovery
Planning ahead for emergency situations
Significant communicable diseases out breaks, such as an influenza pandemic;
Chemical, biological and radiological incidents, either criminal or accidental
Mass casualty incidents, such as an earthquake or transport accident
Any emergency where there are a significant number of people needing medical
treatment which requires a coordinated national approach ,or
An emergency where Australian medical personnel area required for deployment

 HSE Emergency

 Consider what might happen and hoe the alarm will be raised. Don’t forget night and
shift working, weekends and times when the premises area closed, e.g.- holidays
Plan what to do, including how to call the emergency services. Consider drawing up a
simple plan showing the location of hazardous items
If you have 25 tonnes or more of dangerous substances, you must notify the fire and
rescue service and put up warning signs
Decide where to go to reach a place of safety or to get rescue equipment. You must
provide suitable forms of emergency lighting
You must make sure there are enough emergency exits for everyone to escape quickly,
and keep emergency doors and escape routes unobstructed ad clearly marked
Nominate competent people to take control( a complete person is someone with the
necessary skills, knowledge and experience to manage health & safety
Decide which other key people you need, such us a nominated incident controller,
someone who is able to provide technical and other site- specific information if
necessary, or first- aiders
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 255 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Plan essential actions such as emergency plat shut down, isolation or making
processes safe. Clearly identify important items like shut –off valves and electrical
isolators etc...
 You must train everyone in emergency procedures. Don’t forget the needs of people
with disabilities and vulnerable workers
Work should not resume after a emergency if a serious danger remains. If you have
any doubts ask for assistance from the emergency services
Get people away from immediate danger
Summon and assist emergency services
Handle causalities
Deal with the displaced / non injured
Liaise with the emergency services and other authorities ( and , where the situation is
serious, hand over responsibility for the incident/emergency)
Protect properly
Emergency procedure
Raising the alarm
Informing the employees
Onsite emergency response, ie use of fire extinguishers
Summoning the emergency services
Crowd management, including evacuation, where necessary
Evacuation of people with disabilities
Incident control
Liaison with emergency services
Providing first aid and medical assistance
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 256 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 First aid and first aid assistance


As well as employees, HSE strongly recommends that you include the visiting
employees in your first aid, medical and ambulance needs assessment. You should
balance on site medical and ambulance.
Except for small, low –risk events where ambulances may not be required,
The medical incident forum is currently writing guidance to help with first-aid and
medical assessments for an event.
Appoint people to implement your procedures if there is an incident or emergency.
Make sure that all relevant employees, no matter what their normal working role,
understand what they should do in an emergency, e.g. the location of exits, emergency
equipment, hoe to raise the alarm and from whom they should receive instruction

 Evacuation
 Plan escape routes and make sure they remain available and unobstructed
 Consider signs for people unfamiliar with escape routes
 Light all escape routes sufficiently for people to use them safely in an emergency
 If using flood lighting, lighting towers etc… as temporary lighting make sure it does
not shine in people’s faces long the escape route, making it more difficult for them. As
an alternative, ‘festoon lighting’ along an escape route prevents glare
 Play how, necessary, how will evacuate people to a place of relative safety from
where they can proceed to a place of total safety
Plan provide additional assistance to the employees
All doors and gates leading to final exits, as well as site exits themselves, should be
available for immediate use at all times. Check they are:

 Unlocked – if security is an issue they should be staffed not locked


 Free from obstructions
 Open out wards in the direction of escape
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 257 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Emergency preparedness Procedure


Determine the conditions under which an evacuation would be necessary.
Designate primary and secondary evacuation routes and emergency exits.
Make sure they are clearly marked and well lit. Post signs.
Install emergency lighting in case a power outage occurs during an evacuation.
Ensure that evacuation routes and emergency exits are:
- Wide enough to accommodate the number of evacuating people
- Clear and unobstructed at all times
- Unlikely to expose evacuating people to additional hazards
Coordinate your plan with the local emergency management office.
 Designate “evacuation wardens” who will help others during an evacuation and
account for employees.
Establish specific evacuation procedures.
This bulletin includes a sample emergency response plan to give you a better idea
what your procedures should include.
Establish a system for accounting for evacuated employees.
Establish procedures for further evacuation in case the incident expands.
This may consist of sending employees home by normal means or providing them
with transportation to an off-site location.
Identify shelter space.
Establish procedures for sending evacuees to shelter.
Develop a list of necessary emergency supplies such as water, and medical supplies.
Coordinate plans with organization authorities.
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 258 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Assembly areas and accountability

Following a site evacuation, you should gather employees and other evacuees at a
designated assembly area and account for each person to make sure everyone has been
evacuated safely.
Accounting for evacuees takes planning and practice.
Follow the designate assembly areas where people should gather after evacuating.
Establish a head-count system for employees at the assembly area.
The emergency operations coordinator should receive a list of the names and last-
known locations of missing employees as soon as possible after arriving at the
assembly area.
Establish a method of accounting for nonemployees such as suppliers and customers.
Notification, warning, and communications procedures
Emergency response procedures Evacuation, shelter, and accountability procedures
Location and use of common emergency equipment

Emergency Information

Provide employees with information such as checklists and evacuation maps.


Post evacuation maps in strategic locations.
Consider the information needs of customers and others who visit the organization.

Emergency preparedness Demonstrations


Create evacuation plan and practice this plan with all employees, tenants and vendors
Prepare for a possible lockdown if it is not safe for employees to leave have
emergency kits available with supplies for employees
Always have an update list of employees, tenants and vendors so can determine who
needs access to the building and who does not
Involve organization policy enforcement official planning and drills
Apply the emergency preparedness Trainings
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 259 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

FIRE FIGHTING TEAM FOR EMERGENCY


Fire Fighting Team A Fire Fighting Team B

Name Position Bravo Job discretion Name Position Bravo Job discretion

1. Supervise all fire fighting 1. Supervise all fire fighting


Operation. Operation.
Safety
Ghayoor Akbar Fire Chief 93 2. Provide necessary Abdul Salam Mohd. 30 2. Provide necessary
Supervisor
instructions at the scene of instructions at the scene of
Fire. Fire.
1. Lead the fire fighting group. 1. Lead the fire fighting group.
Nazrul Islam Team Leader 172 2. To provide necessary Rostom Ali Team Leader 161 2. To provide necessary
equipment. equipment.
1. Hold the Fire Nozzle. 1. Hold the Fire Nozzle.
Umair Hassan B.A Man 1 n/a Syam Mohan B.A Man 1 313
2. Inspect the confined spaces. 2. Inspect the confined spaces.
1. Help to B.A Man no. 1 1.Help to B.A Man no. 1
Ajmal Naseer B.A Man 2 311 2. Pass the all Fire ground Sunil B. Yadav B.A Man 2 n/a Pass the all Fire ground
Signals. Signals.
1. Layout Fire hoses 1. Layout Fire hoses
connecting & remove the connecting & remove the
Uma M. Rao Hose Layout n/a M. Showkath Hose Layout n/a
kings. kings.
2. Receive the Fire signals. 2. Receive the Fire signals.
1. Layout Fire hoses 1. Layout Fire hoses
connecting & remove the connecting & remove the
Bashir Miah Hose Layout 159 Aftab Ahmed Hose Layout 312
kings. kings.
2. Receive the Fire signals. 2. Receive the Fire signals
1. Layout Fire hoses 1. Layout Fire hoses
connecting & remove the connecting & remove the
Khurram Ehsan Hose Layout n/a Ranjith p p Hose Layout n/a
kings. kings.
2. Receive the Fire signals. 2. Receive the Fire signals.
1. Operate the Fire hydrant as 1. Operate the Fire hydrant as
Pump
Babul Miaje 72 per requirement. Ahmed Mourad Pump Operator 28 per requirement.
Operator
2. Receive all Fire signals. 2. Receive all Fire signals.

RESCUE TEAM NIGHT SHIFT

Name Position Bravo Job discretion Name Position Bravo Job discretion

1. Supervise Rescue 1. Lead the fire fighting group.


operation.
Anwar Hussain Safety Officer 29 Haroon Team Leader 153
2. To provide necessary
2. Barricade affective area. equipment.

1. Check Confined spaces.


1. Hold the Fire Nozzle.
Mohammad Magdy Team Leader n/a Mohd. Nipu B.A Man 1 171
2. Remove all workers from
2. Inspect the confined spaces.
affective location.

1. Layout Fire hoses connecting


Rescue work as per & remove the kings.
Tahir chand shah Rescue n/a Abu Yousuf Hose Layout 174
Instructions.
2. Receive the Fire signals.

Rescue work as per 1. Operate the Fire hydrant as


Instructions. per requirement.
Mustafa Rescue n/a Mejo John Pump Operator 316
2. Receive all Fire signals.

Rescue work as per


Sukdev Das Rescue n/a
Instructions.
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 260 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

FIRST AID / AMBULANCE

Name Position Bravo Job discretion

1. Attending emergency injured/ accident cases.


Ezzat Abdul Razak First Aider 08
2. Attending Medical emergencies.

3. Wound/Injuries Sterile Dressing.

4. Bandages Procedures.

5. Maintain Medical Records.


Suthan Joseph Samuel First Aider 160
6. Critical cases carrying with Company Ambulance to the Hospital.

Note:

This team changes every 15days


Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 261 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Emergency Drill:
The emergency drill is a simulation of a given emergency situation to test
the work location, preparedness & the level of personnel response to the
emergency situation. Emergency drills should be held of each type of
emergency & log kept recording drill date, time & worker involved.

Drill Schedule and Log


Special note: As of 2015, all three emergency response drills (fire, severe weather and injured employee)
must be conducted by the first 30 days of the New Year and must be conducted again in January

Type of Drill: Evacuation Drill


Conducted by:
Monthly Location of Date Weather Number of Evacuation
Comments, Note
Schedule Drill Conducted condition Employees Time

01st
02nd
03rd
04th
05th
06th
07th
08th
09th
10th
11th
12th
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 262 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Type of Drill: Rescue Drill


Conducted by:
Monthly Location of Date Weather Number of Evacuation
Comments, Note
Schedule Drill Conducted condition Employees Time
01st
02nd
03rd
04th
05th
06th
07th
08th
09th
10th
11th
12th

Type of Drill: Environmental Evacuation Drill


Conducted by:
Monthly Location of Date Weather Number of Evacuation
Comments, Note
Schedule Drill Conducted condition Employees Time
01st
02nd
03rd
04th
05th
06th
07th
08th
09th
10th
11th
12th
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 263 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

For Fire case


CONTACT NUMBERS
S/N NAME POSITION
OFFICE MOBILE BRAVO

1 Mr. Nazrul islam HSE Foreman N/A 0515210187 172

2 Mr. Ghayoor Akbar Fire Chief N/A 0591247326 93

3 Mr. Abdel Salam Mohd. HSE Supervisor 13869465 - 6465 0503732143 30

4 Eng. Mostafa Fawzy HSSE Manager 13869465 - 6460 0561356161 / 0515030349 09


5 Eng. Wael Hassan Shipyard Manager 138696304 - 6304 0501563761 / 0515030340 01

For Medical & First Aid case

CONTACT NUMBERS
S/N NAME POSITION
OFFICE MOBILE BRAVO

Mr. Suthan Joseph


1 Male Nurse 138696466-6466 0515210170 / 0571042447 160
Samuel

Mr. Ezzat Abdul


2 First Aider 138696466-6466 0592963937 / 0515030348 08
Razzak

3 Eng. Mostafa Fawzy HSSE Manager 138696460-6460 0561356161 / 0515030349 09


Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 264 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

For Electrical Fault and Maintenance case

CONTACT NUMBERS
S/N NAME POSITION
OFFICE MOBILE BRAVO

Maintenance
1 Eng. Amr Mostafa 138696450-6452 0562128177 336
Engineer

Eng. Abdelkader Maintenance


2 138696450-6451 0597784121 210
Ibrahim Engineer

Maintenance
3 Eng. Sobhi Ahmed 138696450-6450 0560636153 02
Manager

For Shipbuilding and Ship repair Problems case


CONTACT NUMBERS
S/N NAME POSITION
OFFICE MOBILE BRAVO

Production
1 Eng. Ahmed Hebia 0553905295 / 0515030350 10
Manager

Eng. Abdul Salam Ship Repair


2 138696305-6305 +966 507272119 11
Mohd. Manager

For Operation case and Fire boat

CONTACT NUMBERS
S/N NAME POSITION
OFFICE MOBILE BRAVO

1 C / M. Badawi Chief Marine Superintendent 8576242-129 +966 507420038 1

Firefighting
2 Captain Firefighting Boat VHF Channel- 2
Boat (Jubail-1)
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 265 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

For pollution
S/N NAME POSITION CONTACT NUMBERS
01 Eng. Mahmoud Gamal Abu Elrous Port Engineer 0515030343 / 0509584405 04

02 Capt/ Wasel Abdullah Tugboat Master 05503550371

For Major Accident


CONTACT NUMBERS
S/N NAME POSITION
OFFICE MOBILE BRAVO
1 Eng. Mostafa Fawzy HSSE Manager 138696460-6460 0561356161 / 0515030349 09

Shipyard
2 Eng. Wael Hassan 138696305-6305 0507272119 01
Manager

3 C / M. El-Sherooqi Harbor Master 8576242-131 0504820476

Executive General
4 Mr. / Saad Al Dayel 138696444-6444 0505911979
Manager

For Security
CONTACT NUMBERS
S/N NAME POSITION
OFFICE MOBILE BRAVO

1 Mr. Saleh Dhakil Security Officer 138696460-6463 591558854 215

2 Mr. Ayman Ali Mohd. Security Officer 138696460-6463 0544222420 376

Bravo No Mobile No.


HSE Department Act as 24x7
200 0515107829
Note:
Contact Number updated every 15 days.
Title:

Emergency Preparedness & Response Page 266 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 021
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Assembly Point
Title:

Performance Measurement & Monitoring Page 267 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 022
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.5 Checking
4.5.1 Performance Measurement and Monitoring

Behavioral Audit
Initial Evaluation
Understanding the behavior
Understanding the levers
· Legislative influences
· Deliver methods
· Communication
Designing the intervention
Defining success
Ongoing evaluation

Objective Measurement
 The process of regularly monitoring and measuring HSE activities and performance
is an essential part of a successful management system. It provides critical feedback
in two fundamental areas:
 Ensuring the organization’s significant HSE aspects are being controlled
 Detecting and correcting program or control weakness in order to prevent
incidents such as injuries, illness, environmental damage or regulatory
violations
 Both proactive and reactive monitoring has value in achieving a strong HSE
Management System and this standard drives development in both directions. A
significant proactive measurement and management tool is self-assessment. Self-
assessment involves the regular and comprehensive evaluation of an
organization’s program compliance and effectiveness.
Title:

Performance Measurement & Monitoring Page 268 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 022
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Awareness of significant HSE aspects and development of controls are both


critical and valuable elements of a management system. An organization can only
manage significant HSE aspects effectively when regular monitoring, measuring
and self- assessment are included as a core part of the management system.

Proactive Measures of Performance

 Monitoring and measuring the HSE characteristics of the work environment or


planned activities/results of the management system. HSE characteristics of the
work environment include equipment inspection and preventative maintenance
programs; behavior observation or intervention programs; workplace sampling
such as noise, chemical or radiation; results of audits, risk- assessments and self-
assessments; and health surveillance of individuals working in known hazardous
environments. Examples of planned management system activities include
training completion, implementation of operational controls, compliance to
program plans or schedules and closure of corrective/preventive actions.
Reactive Measures of Performance
Monitoring and measuring management system failures or deviations from planned,
expected or intended management system results. Examples include the monitoring
of accidents, injuries, environmental excursions and near misses

Trend Analysis

The process of analyzing performance data to determine and understand current and
past conditions of performance used to predict and improve future results, e.g.
incident investigation data identifying numerous and similar root causes
Title:

Performance Measurement & Monitoring Page 269 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 022
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Corrective Action
1. Be consistent and fair with how you treat all employees
2. Take action in a timely manner, in private, and keep the information as confidential
as a possible
3. When possible, consult the human resources manager or your manager prior to
taking action. always prior to discharge
4. When applicable, use a positive approach to bring about corrective actions
5. Have management witness present for discharges and whenever there area unusual
risks involved
6. Provide proper documentation for all corrective action discussions or actions
Title:

Evaluation of compliance Page 270 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 023
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.5.2 Evaluation of compliance

Consistent with its commitment to compliance, the organization, implement and


maintain a procedure(s) for periodically evaluating compliance with applicable legal
requirements.

 The organization shall evaluate compliance with other requirements


to which it subscribes
 The organization shall keep records of the results of periodic
evaluations,
 A systematic determination of significance of something or someone using
criteria against a set of standards
 Clearly identify legal and ‘other’ requirements
 Relate requirements to processes and activities
 Develop checklist or other approach
 Carry out evaluation
 Review and report to senior management

Procedure
Periodic evaluations are conducted through routine inspections as described in
applicable environmental work instructions. Additionally, annual environmental
r e g u l a t o r y compliance e v a l u a t i o n s a r e conducted at e a c h facility during
the completion of the internal EMS audit or independently.

The criteria for performing the compliance evaluation includes legal


requirements as identified through the Identification of Legal and Other
Requirements and the results of past regulatory compliance evaluations, routine
inspections, and corrective action reports.

A compliance evaluation report is produced as a record of the assessment, i n


accordance with the Control of Records procedures.
Title:
HSE Evaluation of Compliance Page 271 of 329
Revision: 0
Document Class:Level-1 Document No: HSE-FMT - 022
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Location Monitor Parameter Required Source Required Actual Remarks

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

Corrective & Preventive Action Page 272 of 329


Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 024
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Corrective and Preventive Action


 Overview
An on conformance is any deviation from the organization’s management system.
This includes deviation from ZOSCO policy or standards, established HSE
procedures, rules, regulations and voluntary commitments. A non-conformance is
often an indication of weakness or a flaw in the management system that requires
corrective and/or preventive actions to improve the effectiveness of the management
system. Once a non-conformance is identified it is critical that systems are available
and activated that ensure the most effective and feasible corrective actions are
selected, responsibility is assigned, reasonable timeframe are defined and completion
of the corrective actions are confirmed. This standard will assist ZOSCO organizations
to establish these important systems.
 Requirements
The organization has established and implement documented procedures for
identifying and investigating non-conformance, developing effective corrective and
preventive action sand tracking actions to closure. As a minimum, the procedure shall
include the following elements:
 A method to assign responsibility and provide resources to initiate and complete
corrective or preventive action.
 A process to prioritize corrective or preventive actions based on the significance
of risk.
 Setting deadlines for completion
 A process to track corrective actions to closure and communicate status to
leadership and affected personnel
 A quality assurance process to confirm that corrective or preventive actions are
adequate and appropriate to address the non-conformance
 This process must confirm that corrective actions effectively address the root
cause(s),are appropriate for the significance of the non- conformance, are timed
appropriately based on the seriousness of the non-conformance and are assigned
to individual(s) with adequate authority and resources to complete the corrective
actions
 A method to follow-up on completed corrective actions to confirm that the
intended results were achieved
Title:

Corrective & Preventive Action Page 273 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 024
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 The organization shall establish a program to implement appropriate disciplinary


action in the event of knowing violations to HSE policies, rules, regulations,
procedures or training. Discipline should be designed with the intent to address
root causes. The program must include the following elements:
 Employee disciplinary action for knowing violations
 Supervisor disciplinary action when supervisors are aware of and allow violations
Within their area of responsibility.
 Supervisor disciplinary action when supervisors, through the proper performance
of their duties, should have been aware of violations.
 Where a general disciplinary program is already established, these HSE
requirements shall be incorporated in the existing program.

 Records

The following corrective and preventive action records must be documented and
maintained:

 Results of all investigations into non-conformance including the date and


location of the investigation, names of investigators, root and contributing
causes and recommendations or corrective actions.
 Documentation of all corrective or preventive actions resulting from non-
conformance investigations including description soft actions, timelines or
deadlines, names of those assigned to initiate and complete the actions,
documentation of action closure and results of follow-up activities to confirm that
the intended results were achieved
 Results of the quality control process required in standard
 Records of disciplinary actions taken as a result of knowing violations to
HSE policies, rules, regulations, procedures or training.
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 274 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Accident/Incident Investigation Report


Contents:
1. Definitions
2. Accident Conditions
3. Type of Injuries
4. Non-Conformance, Corrective & Preventive Action
5. Incident/Accident Reporting
6. Incident/Accident Investigation
7. Records of Accidents & Reporting
A. Reporting
B. Accidents Reporting Systems
C. Actions & Recommendations Follow-up
8. Accidents Analysis & Statistics

A. Accident Statistics
B. Accident Analysis

9. The Procedure

A. Report Preparation
B. Sections of the Investigation Report
C. Report Distribution
D. Learning Points/Safety Flash
E. Follow-up

10. Documents

Appendix A: Incident
Investigation
Report Appendix B: Accident
Investigation Report
Abbreviation:
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 275 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.5.3 Incident Investigation, nonconformity, Corrective action and Preventive action


 Definitions

Incident

An undesired event that results in, or could have resulted in harm to people,
damage or loss to property and/or environment.

Near Miss

An incident occurred with no harm, damage or no loss resulted from (e.g. fall of a
hand tool from a height to the ground, without any injury to persons or damage to
equipment around).

Occupational Injury

As per Social Insurance Law No. 79 for the year 1975, & other amendments, Part-5
Para- H, Occupational Injury is:

 Injury due to occupational illness as per table-1 of the above mentioned law or
injury due to an accident during work or caused by.
 Injuries due to strain is considered a work injury, if conditions meets the terms &
conditions stated by Minister of Social Insurance decree, & in agreement with
Minister of Public Health.

Road accidents
Any accident that occurs to insured worker during his way to or from work is a
work injury, provided that no stop or deviation from his daily normal rout.

 Accidents Conditions

 To be a work injury the following conditions should be considered:

 Harm caused to the injured man body.


 Harm caused by external force.
 Body harm due to incidental cause.
 Should be a relative cause between injury & work.
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 276 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 As per Term No. 1 of Minister of Work decree No. 75 for the year 1993,
attached to Law No. 137 for the year 1993, work incident is that incidents,
explosions, collapse or fires that occur during work or caused by, & result in
cut, wound, or health damage to the body & requires absence of one day or
more.
 Type of Injuries
As per Law of Social Insurance No. 79 for the year 1975, it would be:

 Injury during Work

It is the injury that occurs during work time & the over-time as well, & occurs
suddenly
& with direct connection to work.

 Injury because of Work

Is the injury that occurs because of work even if not while working, e.g.
injury during official travel or training etc.

 Road Injury
Road accidents are considered as hazards that should come under work
injuries insurance. Road means, the travel of the worker from home to
work & return back, provided that:

 The travel of the worker through normal route to & from the work.
 No stops or deviations from the normal daily rout to & from the work.
 Time of accident should be coincident with time of arrival or departure.
 The case is reported to the Police Station within 48 hrs form the time the
accident occurred (as per item-5, Decree No. 310 for the year 1976).

 Injury due to Occupational Illness

Any injury due to an occupational illness stated in table-1 for Occupational


illnesses – Law No. 79 for the year 1975, & its amendments.
Occupational illness is the illness due to the job or work being done by the
worker.
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 277 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.5.3.2 Non-Conformance, Corrective & Preventive Action


Non-conformance is identified by monitoring, reviews & audits. An HSE non-
conformance may arise from any of the following occurrences.

 A deviation from emission/discharge limits;


 A deviation from a set procedure;
 An unsafe condition;
 An accident or incident;
 A complaint;
Procedure has been established for investigation & initiation of corrective actions by
which management of function/activity concerned should
 Notify relevant parties;
 Determine causation sequence & likely root cause;
 Establish plan of action or improvement plan;
 Initiate corrective action commensurate with the nature of the non-conformance;
 Apply controls to ensure that any corrective actions taken are effective;
 Revise any procedures to incorporate corrective actions to prevent recurrence;
 Communicate changes to relevant personnel & implement them;
 Analyze data & suggest preventive actions to prevent occurrence of non-
conformance.

4.5.3.1 Incident Investigation


 Incident/Accident Reporting
ZOSCO has a policy that all incidents (including “near-misses”), experienced by staff,
contractors & visitors to ZOSCO or its Business Units premises no matter how minor
must be reported on an “Incident Report Form” is in place. The following figure
illustrates the system for incident/accident reporting & investigation.

 Incident/Accident Investigation
ZOSCO & its Business Units investigate all incidents that occur during their
activities with the aim of preventing recurrence of similar incidents by identifying
deficiencies & recommending remedial actions. Follow-up of action points with the
accountable party will ensure that those actions are implemented. The composition
of the investigation team will be based on the incident severity.
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 278 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

As shown in the following figure this process takes the investigation back through the
chain of events that eventually resulted in the incident. At each state it is important to
determine why these occurred & in which areas management control was deficient.
The linkages are tracked at each stage by asking the question ‘why’ to establish the
factors that allowed the condition to occur.

Lessons learned from investigations are shared across ZOSCO & personnel take
appropriate action upon receipt of such information. Mutual sharing of lessons learned
& good practice is encouraged within the wider petroleum sector

Incident Investigation
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 279 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Records of Accidents & Reporting

A. Reporting

 HSE Department should issue detailed procedures about how to report all types
of accidents, injuries, road accidents, fares, explosions, releases, or pollution &
others.
 It should be indicated how to report, & actions to be taken during normal
working hours & after (after noon & nights) & during holidays & week-
ends.

 Accidents Reporting Systems

I n Case of Injuries

 Immediately following an injury occurred, the direct supervisor should prepare


first part of the Injury Report Form, & sent it to the clinic.
 The clinic shall complete second part of the Injury Report form, & send it to
Safety Department to complete the third part of the form.
 Safety Department will fill third part of the form, & after defining the measures &
recommendations required to prevent re-occurrence, a copy shall be sent to the
concerned department for action.

In Case of Accidents other than Injuries

 In case of other incidents like fires, explosions, releases, collapse, collisions,


damage of equipment, fractures, loss of containment or environmental
pollution or others, a report shall be made.
 Immediately following these incidents, the area manager, or who in charge
operations shall prepare a preliminary detailed report about incident, & send it
to safety department.
 The concerned manager (Safety/Fire Environment) in HSE Department shall
prepare a report based in the preliminary report received, & investigation on site.
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 280 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

In Caseof Near-Miss

o Immediately following a near-miss, the section road concerned where the incident
occurred is responsible to report this to the HSE Department, & prepare a
preliminary report indicating causes, how the incident occurred, & sends it to
safety.
o Safety Manager shall prepare a near-miss report form, as per investigations
made, & the preliminary report received, & sends copies to concerned
departments for actions about measures & recommendations made.

In Case of Major Incidents

o Due to the special conditions related to major incidents, this requires special
attention for technical investigation, conditions leading to the incident & its
causes.
o In case of fatality of one employee or more, or injuries resulted in permanent
disability of 35% or more, & accidents that results in injury of more than 3
persons with treatment of more than one week is required, an investigation
committee shall be formulated by the Chairman to investigate & prepare a report.
o In case of other major accidents like fires, explosions or releases & the like, a
special committee shall be formulated by the Chairman, to investigate, with a
detailed report to be submitted.

Also, HSE Department on site shall prepare an incident report.

Actions & Recommendations Follow-up

Concerned department (Safety/Fire/Environment) shall follow-up accident reports &


measures & recommendations made with concerned departments responsible to take
actions, with monthly report shall be submitted to the Safety Committee for
corrective measures in case of failure to apply recommendation, or deficiencies.
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 281 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Accidents Analysis & Statistics

Accident Statistics

As per Law of Works No. 12, for the year 2003, & Decree No. 75 for the year 1993,
for the injuries, major accidents & illnesses, item-4, it is stated that:

“Every organization, or a branch of organization having 50 workers or more, shall


provide Labors & Training Office (Safety & Occupational Health) with an statistic
every (6) months (January/July) & in two copies indicating injuries, major
accidents & illnesses & not more than day 15 the following month, with a copy
retained by the Organization.

The organization shall establish a record for data required by each type of statistics, &
shall be recorded day-by-day. These statistical forms shall be made under supervision
& responsibility of the Medical Doctor if present.

Accidents Analysis

 About Company’s injury analysis records, HSE Department shall prepare forms for
injuries analysis as per attached forms.
These forms have been made in details to help to define potential hazards that cause
accidents & injuries, & to measure performance in each department, or activity, &
how effective are the safety programs, & take corrective actions for remedy.
These analysis & statistics help in establishing detailed safety plans & programs,
training programs & improve work environment.
Based on above, HSE Department shall prepare these forms & submit to Top
Management, & Department Managers in the form a detailed report every (6)
months. The report shall be discussed by Safety Committee for actions to be taken
to improve performance & achievement of excellent results.
Every injured person shall have a record that indicates injuries sustained, training
programs received. This is required to follow cases that require training or re-
qualification, & accident-prone cases.
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 282 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Procedure
Report Preparation

The incident investigation shall be conducted by an independent investigation team


consisting of competent personnel who are familiar with the type of operations
where the incident took place & who have had the required training to conduct
thorough investigations. They shall however not be directly involved in the
operation & thus not have any vested interest in the outcome of the When required
the ZOSCO incident investigation team may use the know-how of the unit
management where the incident took place & may use external personnel from
ZOSCO organization for their knowledge & expertise in the area being investigated.
The normal investigation team should include the Safety Engineer. Other personnel
shall be called upon based on type of incident & the involved system e.g.
Engineering Department Representative 3rd party Consultant, Manufacturer Rep.
Etc.
Transport incidents shall be investigated by a team including the Transport Supt. &
a Safety Engineer shall take part in the team when the incident results in personnel
injury or when the Transport Supt. is unable to participate.

In all above cases, the Field Supt. may be delegated to replace the Concerned Supt. in
the investigation for practical reasons .e.g. changing conditions of incident site.
Investigation team members shall have equal responsibilities & authorities
during the investigations, however it is understood that originator of the report
shall collect the findings of the investigation team & shall co-ordinate the
issuance of the report.
Sections of the Incident Investigation Report Basic Information
Shall give proper reference to:
 Location/Date/Time of incident.
 Report Originator.
 IP name, number & position.
 Name & model of damaged parts, equipment.
 Work Group Supervisor.
 Person in Charge (PIC).
 Name of investigation team.
 Investigation Date/Time.
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 283 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

This information should give the basic reference information to identify


personnel involved in the process that may be needed for clarification if another
authority with a stake in the incident decides to conduct their own investigation
e.g. insurance underwriters.
Summary

A brief summary of the incident outlining the main facts.

Details of the Injuries/Damages


Shall give a detailed description of the injuries sustained by IP (s)/& shall be based
on the medical report issued by the designated medical facility.
If the incident does not involve injury to personnel, this part of the report should be
used to list damages to equipment if any. Investigation.

Events leading up to the Incident (Causal Factors)

 The job/the plan.


 The assignment of personnel.
 The equipment.
 The procedure.
 The sequence of events/time line.
 The incident/the injury.

 Witness Statements
 Shall include statements from personnel who participated, and/or observed
events leading to the incident.
 Results of Investigation
 Results of the investigation, shall demonstrate that the investigation was
carried out in sufficient depth to support the conclusions that follow. It should
include, where relevant references to:
 Environmental conditions.
 Condition of equipment & facilities, operating mode etc.
 Procedures relating to the operation.
 Relevant information concerning personnel (e.g. fatigue, experience,
hours into shift days into tour)
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 284 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Work instructions & communication.


 Records & documentation.
 Information derived from the nature of the damage.
 Factors affecting alertness of judgment (e.g. fatigue, social pressures,
alcohol,
Medication or drugs).

 Working conditions. Recovery measures


 Survival aspects.
 Rescue & damage containment activities.
 Emergency response & recovery activities.

Conclusion(s)

The conclusion(s) should include the results of the analysis of the findings, identifying
the direct & root causes & commenting on the adequacy of rescue & damage
containment activities where appropriate. Conclusion(s) based on circumstantial
evidence should be highlighted as such.
Recommendations to avoid recurrence

Should identify corrective measures for the listed causes & designate action parties to
the extent possible to;
 Eliminating the causes.
 Minimizing possible consequences.
 Improving rescue of damage containment measures.

Report Approval & Distribution

Draft report shall be issued by the designated report originator & shall be reviewed by
all investigation team members. When practical; the QMS-HSE Manager & the Asst.
Operations Manager shall review the draft, for input.
Final report shall be reviewed & signed off by the investigation team
members. Electronic feedback/approval is also acceptable.
Distribution of investigation report shall be made to all those directly involved
parties including but not limited to:
Title:

Accident / Incident Investigation Report Page 285 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 Operations Management.
 Transportation Superintendent
 HR Department copies to be kept in the personal files of the injured
person(s), the PIC & the Work Group Supervisor.
 Engineering Dept.
Learning Points/Safety Flash
To maximize the lessons learned, relevant findings & conclusions of incident
investigations should be given as wide distribution as practicable. The use of
safety flash/one pager is preferred as distribution media.

Discussions at & feedback from safety meetings & briefing should be used to
maximize the benefits from the learning points of the incident investigation & help
achieve the objective of preventing of similar incidents.
Follow-up

Recommendations should be discussed on a formal basis with action parties for


agreement on the action required & the time-schedule for implementation.
Implementation of corrective actions shall be followed-up by the Concerned Supt.
Recommendation reached by the investigation team shall be implemented by the
relevant action party, & a follow-up on the implementation shall be part of the HSE
Steering Committee agenda.
When this implementation requires involvement of several parties within ZOSCO
existing QMS procedures. This shall be done according to the procedure of document
control. The changes must be painted, circulated as necessary, & monitored until they
are seen to have taken effect.
Note: An action plan should be issued for every incident.
The implementation shall in some cases, require a revision to ZOSCO existing QMS
procedure. This shall be done according to the procedure of document control. The
changes must be planned, circulated as necessary, & monitored until they are seen to
have taken effect.
 Document
Appendix A: Accident Report
Appendix B: Incident Report
Title:

Accident Investigation Report Page 286 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT- 023
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

From :
To :
Subject :
Date :

1 – What was the Accident?

2 – Who was Involved:

3 – Location:

4 – Date / Time of Accident:

5 – Name of the injured:

6 – Root cause of Accident:

7- Immediate Action:

8– How did the Accident occur?

9 – Corrective measurement action:

10 – Implementation Status:

Reported by:
Signature :
Title:

Incident Report Page 287 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 024
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Incident Report

Instructions: Complete this form as soon as possible after an incident that results in serious injury or illness.
(Optional: Use to investigate a minor injury or near miss that could have resulted in a serious injury or illness.)

This is a report of a: Death Lost Time Dr. Visit Only First Aid Only Near Miss

Date of Incident:
This is report is made by: Employee Supervisor Team Other

Step 1: Injured employee (complete this part for each injured employee)

Part of body affected: (shade all that apply) Nature of injury: (most serious
This employee works:
one)
Abrasion, scrapes Regular full time
Amputation Regular part time
Broken bone Seasonal
Bruise Temporary

Burn (heat) Months with this employer


Burn (chemical) Months doing this job:
Concussion (to the head)
Crushing Injury
Cut, laceration, puncture
Hernia
Illness
Sprain, strain
Damage (body system):

Other
Title:

Incident Report Page 288 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 024
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Step 2: Describe the Incident

Exact location of the incident:


Exact time:

What part of employee’s work day? Entering or leaving work Doing normal work activities
During meal period During break Working overtime Other

Implementation Corrective Action

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

Incident Investigation Report Page 289 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 025
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

From:
To:
Subject:
Date:

1. What was the Incident?

2. Location:

3. Date / Time of Incident:

4. Immediate preventive action:

5. Root cause of Incident:

6. How did the Incident Occur?

7. Statements:

8. Corrective action:

Reported by:

Signature:
Title:

HSE Abbreviation Page 290 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 026
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Abbreviation:

CS- Confined Space


IDLH- Immediate Danger to Life and Death
TLV- Threshold Limit Value
PEL- Permissible Exposure Limit
AEL- Allowable Exposure Limit
LEL- Lower Explosive Limit
CPR- Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
CP- Competent Person
IC- Isolation Certificate
SWL- Safe Working Load
MDS- Material Safety Data Sheet
CSEWP- Confined Space Entry Work Permit
 EHO – Environmental Health Officer
 EMAS – Employment Medical Advisory Service
FA - Factories Act
 FH (G) – Food Hygiene (General) Regulations
 FLT – Fork Lift Truck
 FPA – fire Precautions Act
 FPWR – Fire Precautions (Work place) Regulations
 H&S – Health & Safety
 HAZCHEM – Hazardous chemical warning signs
 HR – Human Resources
 HSC – Health & safety commission
 HSDSER – health & safety (display screen equipment) regulations
 HSE – health & safety executive
 HASWA – health & safety at work act
 ICOH – International commission on occupational health
 IOSH – institution of occupational safety & health
 LOLER – lifting operations and lifting equipment regulations
 LPG – Liquid petroleum gas
 RPE – respiratory protective equipment
 TUC – Trades Union Congress
 WHO – world health organization
 WHSWR – work place (health safety & welfare) regulations
 CO – carbon monoxide
 CO2 – carbon dioxide
 COMAH – control of major accident hazards regulations
Title:

HSE Management Review Procedure Page 291 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 027
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.6 Management Review


 HSE Management Review Procedure

Objective

To ensure that the Organization's HSE Management System is periodically monitored and
reviewed for its continuing suitability, adequacy and effectiveness in satisfying the
requirements of the Zamil Offshore Services HSE policy.

Scope

This procedure applies to the preparation, conduct and record keeping of the management
review meeting

General Policies and Basic Features


Managing Director, Executive General Manager or The General Manager shall be
Responsible for the convening and chairing management review meetings.

GM , Yard Manager, HSEMR , Administrative Manager, Production Manager,


Engineering Manager and Department Heads shall comprise the management review
board. A majority of the member of the management review board shall comprise the
minimum attendance of the management review meeting. Other management staff
may be invited to the meeting.
Management review meeting shall be held at intervals not exceeding twice a year,
after the
The results of the management review are documented in the minutes of management
review meeting by the HSE and contained measures relating to:
- improvement of the effectiveness of the HSE Management System and its process,
internal audit and measurements of the process.
Records of the management review meetings shall be maintained in accordance with
the requirements of HSE Manual and ISO 9001:2008 Standard.
Follow-ups shall be undertaken on decisions made during the management
review meeting.
Title:

HSE Management Review Procedure Page 292 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-GDL - 027
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Procedure Flow Chart

IN - CHARGE ACTIVITY REFERENCES

Executive Secretary/ HSEMR Notify Schedule & Identify Report Memo


Requirements Email

Department Heads Reports


Prepare Reports Reports

Committee Convene Review Meeting Reports

Committee Decisions and Action Plans


Reports

Executive Secretary/ Prepare Minutes of Meeting


HSE Minutes of Meting

Department Heads Implement


Minutes of Meeting
Corrective Acton

Quality Assurance
Follow up the Implementation of M.R Minutes of Meeting
Decisions
Title:

HSE Meeting Page 293 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 028
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

HSE Meeting

Contents:

1. Scope

2. Responsibilities

3. HSE Meetings

A. Weekly HSE Meetings

B. Monthly HSE Meetings

C. Pre-tour/Pre-job Safety Meeting

D. Operation HSE Steering Committee

E. Management QA-HSE Meeting

4. HSE Inspections

A. Weekly HSE Inspection

B. Monthly HSE Inspection

5. Documents
Title:

HSE Meeting Page 294 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 028
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Scope:
Regular HSE meetings shall be conducted at all levels throughout the organization to
ensure that HSE subjects are disseminated, discussed, evaluated & communicated to
all ZOSCO personnel at all levels. This shall also serve to demonstrate ZOSCO
Management commitment to HSE, & to promote safe working practices & the
development of a high level of safety awareness. The following are indicative of the
range of meetings envisaged. It should be noted, however that the following is the
minimum requirement & personnel are encouraged to conduct as many meetings as
required. The form of HSE meeting may vary to suit the size, nature & the location of
operation.

Responsibilities:
Person in Charge (PIC) shall be responsible for the adherence to this procedure; he
shall also be directly responsible for the quality of the HSE meeting to ensure high
quality of meeting Including presentation, attendance of personnel & diversification
of topics covered in the meetings PIC shall preside over as many meetings as
practical & shall ensure that such meetings where he cannot attend that a competent
person IE section leader, delegated safety officer, etc. is in charge of the HSE
meeting.
Line Manger/Superintendents shall be responsible for following-up that HSE
meetings take place as per this procedure & shall preside over HSE meetings at their
respective units when they are available at the unit.

Procedure:

Weekly HSE Meetings:

HSE meetings should be held weekly, under the chairmanship of the PIC. Minutes
should be taken where personnel attending the meeting to be listed, items discussed
logged & stop cards issued to be discussed. The HSE meeting should be scheduled
in advance &time & place of meeting communicated to all concerned personnel to
ensure attendees are informed & shall participate. It should be organized in a way to
ensure full participation of personnel & scheduled in a time of the day where
personnel attending are not particularly too tired to actively participate in the
discussion or would not be alert to absorb topics being discussed.
Title:

HSE Meeting Page 295 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 028
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

HSE meetings shall be conducted for the entire crew at the work site including
support personnel such as site doctor, camp boss, technical crew, transport crew &
other service personnel as required e.g., ZOSCO Contractor’s personnel, site move
personnel etc. However in such cases where attendance by all personnel is not
possible each section may organize its own HSE meeting under the chairmanship of
the concerned Section Leader & report those meetings to the PIC, who shall in
return ensure that items of importance to other sections of the unit is communicated
to entire crew. Client representatives & client 3rd Party personnel will be expected to
attend.
Safety meetings should be planned & organized with view to:

 Discuss incidents & or near misses, which may have occurred since previous
meeting, to clarify the causes & prevent recurrence. This shall include safety
flashes received from the head office to ensure that causes of these incidents &
near misses are eliminated & that corrective actions recommended preventing
occurrence is taken at the unit.
 Review STOP cards with crew members.
 Discuss/solve problems and/or concerns in connection with HSE matters,
corrective actions to unsafe actions or conditions, & removal of HSE hazards.
 Encourage all personnel to produce new thoughts/idea concerning HSE matters.
 PIC shall ensure that items discussed and/or brought-up at HSE meetings that cannot
be solved on unit level to be communicated to concerned Superintendent for further
action
 & shall note so on the PIC comment box on the HSE weekly meeting form.

 Weekly HSE meeting form shall be signed by PIC & forwarded to ZOSCO Office
for review by concerned superintendent & QA/Safety. The latter shall ensure that
copies of completed weekly HSE meeting forms are returned to the unit & the
concerned superintendent while maintaining copies of all HSE meetings received.

 QA/Safety shall include number of weekly HSE meetings received from all units in
safety reports record report, which is issued on monthly basis by QA/Safety &
distributed to all ZOSCO units.
Title:

HSE Meeting Page 296 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 028
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Monthly HSE Meetings:

Monthly HSE meetings shall be conducted at all ZOSCO units on monthly basis
under that chairmanship of the concerned PIC.

 All personnel shall attend the monthly HSE meeting including service
personnel & Operator’s personnel as practical.

Monthly HSE meeting shall cover completed items during the month, outstanding
HSE items to be brought forward to the following month & new HSE items to be
handled.
Monthly HSE meeting from shall be signed by PIC & forwarded to ZOSCO Office
for review by concerned superintendent, Operations Management & QA/Safety. The
latter shall ensure that copies of completed monthly HSE meeting forms are returned
to the unit & the concerned superintendent while maintaining copies of all HSE
meetings received.

QA/Safety shall include number of monthly HSE meetings received from all units in
safety reports record report, which is issued on monthly basis by QA/Safety &
distributed to all ZOSCO units.
Pre-tour/Pre-job Safety Meeting:

 Pre-tour Safety Meeting:


Two pre-tour safety meetings shall be held at all ZOSCO units on daily basis at
the beginning of the work to discuss operations for the next 12 hours.

 Pre-job Safety Meeting:

Pre-job safety meetings shall be conducted by the concerned Sections Leaders or


Work Group Supervisors to cover critical/non-routine Operations and/or to
communicate JSA, PTW & safety precautions etc. to the task group to assure
understanding, thus accountability.
It is recommended that pre-job safety meeting be conducted as frequent as
practical to assure safe operation.
Title:

HSE Meeting Page 297 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 028
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Operations HSE Steering Committee:

Meeting frequency shall be stipulated by Operations Management however as


minimum Steering Committee shall meet once every 8 weeks & shall be chaired by
Operations Manager and/or Assistant Operations Manager.

The Steering Committee shall address HSE issues on the line management level &
shall follow-up on the action items from the ZOSCO Management QHSE
Committee.
Minutes shall be maintained & progress recorded & distributed to all attendees.
The Steering Committee will be formed primarily from Operations Department
with representation from QA-Safety Department & shall invite other ZOSCO
Line Managers as applicable.
Management QA-HSE Meetings:
This shall represent the highest level of presentation & commitment toward QHSE
system. Meetings of Management shall be held to discuss significant matters
relating to company’s QA-HSE performance. These meetings shall be held twice a
year or more frequently.

 HSE Inspection:
Weekly HSE Inspection:
Weekly HSE inspection shall be conducted at all ZOSCO units to ensure that
operated equipment is working in a safe condition & to take corrective actions when
defective items are observed. HSE inspection shall also cover housekeeping & other
related HSE item as per ZOSCO weekly HSE inspection form.
HSE weekly inspection form shall be signed by the person in charge of the
inspection reviewed by the Unit Manager & sent to ZOSCO Office for review &
comment by the concerned Superintendent or QA/Safety.
QA/Safety shall insure proper distribution & feedback to concerned parties & shall
log the weekly HSE inspection form received from all ZOSCO units in the monthly
safety record report issued by QA/Safety.
 Document:
Appendix A: Weekly HSE Meeting form, Appendix B: Monthly HSE Meeting form,
Appendix C: Pre-job Safety Meeting form, Appendix D: HSE Inspection
Title:

HSE Meeting Guide Page 298 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 028
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 HSE Meeting Guide

HSE Meeting

Scope:

 Safety meetings are important method of ensuring effective


communication between supervision and employees.

Responsibilities & Procedure:

 All supervisors and managers are encouraged to hold regular well prepared,
although brief informal meetings at which HSE topics are discussed.
 When properly planned, these meetings make efficient use of time, they
encourage participations, and they give everyone the same exposure to
vital information.
 They also help to foster team spirit and create a co-operative atmosphere.
 Material for the discussions should be devised and made available to
supervisors and managers, and library of visual aids should be built-up to
improve the effectiveness of presentations.
 A standard should be established for conducting these meetings, with
specified points such as the minimum frequency of the meetings, their
minimum duration and who is to conduct them.
 It should make provision for a follow up, to check that agreed points have
been deal with.
 Weekly safety meeting of 10-15 minutes duration and conducted by
supervisors are recommended, but managers should be visibly involved, to
demonstrate their commitment.
 Typically, a standard might cover:

- Weekly meetings conducted by supervisors.


- Monthly meetings involving middle managers.
- Quarterly meetings involving upper manager.
Title:

HSE Meeting Guide Page 299 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-GDL - 028
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

 The size and composition of the group attending the meeting should be chosen to
suit the speaker and his manage.
A factor essential to the maintenance of high standards is that the regular safety
meetings should involve every employee in some form of pro-active activity.

 Topics for such meetings should generally be planned in advance, and timely
topics such as recent accidents should be a feature.
 The meetings should be minute in a brief note outlining the topics, the date, the
names of the person conducting and those attending, and any action arising.

Training:

If this activity is to succeed, supervisors must be given training in how


to conduct effective safety talks.

Recordkeeping:

Safety meeting minutes must be recorded and kept in safety office to review the
progress.
Title:

Weekly HSE Meeting Page 300 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 026
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

WEEKLY HSE MEETING


ZOSCO
CREW: DATE:
Points Discussed:
No. Item Action
01

02

03

04

05
Title:

Weekly HSE Meeting Page 301 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 026
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

WEEKLY HSE MEETING


ZOSCO
CREW: DATE:
Stop Cards Issued
No. Item Action
01

02

03

04

05
Title:

Monthly HSE Meeting Page 302 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 027
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

MONTHLY HSE MEETING

SITE: DATE:
ZOSCO
PRESENT AT MEETING: CREWS:

1 - REVIEW OF LAST MONTH HSE MEETING:


A - PREVIOUS OUTSTANDING ITEMS:
x COMPLETE ITEMS

x STILL OUTSTANDING ITEMS:

B - GENERAL POINTS REVISED:

2 - NEW BUSINESS/RECOMMENDATIONS:

3 - GENERAL DISCUSSION FOR THE MONTH:

S.T.P SIGNATURE

SITE SUPT. COMMENTS:

SIGNATURE
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT COMMENTS:

SIGNATURE
SAFETY COMMENTS:

SIGNATURE
Title:

Pre- Job Safety Meeting Page 303 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 028
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Site :
Job Supervisor : Crew:
Date:

Job Description

Use the following


prompt words to help
hold meeting

Objective of the job

Plan & Methods


Discussion Point:
Responsibilities

Experience
Personnel

Way in and Way out

Work
Possible Hazards Identified? : Environment

Hazards Equipment &

PPE Materials

Action Required Minimizing Risks? : Isolation

Conflicting
activities

Other Safety Issues: Information

Communication
Signatures of persons involved in this discussion:
Name Position Signature
Title:

Safety Observation Format Page 304 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 029
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Safety Observation

Conducted By: Date:


Place Inspected:

Observation Priority Action to be taken Time Scale


H/M/L

Remarks:

HSE Manager: Date: Signature:


Title:

Area Audit Form Page 305 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Audit conducted by :
Engineer / Executive in charge :
Foremen :
Supervisor / Charge hand : Date:

1. Safety Administration
 Safety Program enforced
 Indoctrination of new / second worker
 Conduct of meeting reports
 Proper accident investigation / reporting
 Bulletin boards and posters
 Personnel injury prevention
 Fire equipment / Material damage prevention
 Supervisor / Foremen training

2. Personal Protective Equipment


 Head protection
 Eyes protection
 Foot protection
 Skin Protection
 Hand Protection
 Respiratory protection
 Fall Protection
 Hearing Protection
 Work Vest (working over water)
Title:

Area Audit Form Page 306 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

3. Housekeeping / Material Storage


Good site layout
Site cleanliness
Material pilling
Trash containers / Disposal
Clear passageways
Dust controls

4. Scaffold / Work platform / man Carriage


Certified Scaffolds
Scaffolds erected to standards
Safe dismantling of scaffolds
Erection / dismantling supervised
Work platform with access / guard-rails
Man carriage general condition

5. Buildings / Structural / Platforms


Roof / walls condition
Lighting / illumination
Stairs, Ladders Condition
Barricaded floor / side openings
General condition
Title:

Area Audit Form Page 307 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

6. Electrical
Service panel condition
Cable / Cords condition
Warning / Markings
Plug and receptacles
Junction boxes
Transformers
General condition / Cleanliness
7. Fire Prevention / Protect
Storage of flammable combustibles
Spillage control
Fire extinguishers
Disposal of flammables / combustibles
Cleanliness of drums / tanks
Signs and warning
8. Arc Welding / gas cutting
Cable condition
Terminal condition
Holder/Clamps/connectors condition
Fire retardant blankets
General condition of machines
Regulators / gauge condition
Hoses condition
Machine /Cylinders Secured
Acetylene or supply line condition
Cylinder storage / handling
Title:

Area Audit Form Page 308 of 329


Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

9 Electrical
 Service panel condition
 Cable / Cords condition
 Warning / Markings
 Plug and receptacles
 Junction boxes
 Transformers
 General condition / Cleanliness
10 Fire Prevention / Protect
 Storage of flammable combustibles
 Spillage control
 Fire extinguishers
 Disposal of flammables / combustibles
 Cleanliness of drums / tanks
 Signs and warning

11 Arc Welding / gas cutting


 Cable condition
 Terminal condition
 Holder/Clamps/connectors condition
 Fire retardant blankets
 General condition of machines
 Regulators / gauge condition
 Hoses condition
 Machine /Cylinders Secured
 Acetylene or supply line condition
 Cylinder storage / handling
Title:

Area Audit Form Page 309 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

12 Cranes / Lifting
 Current crane certification
 Certified / licensed operators
 Safe operating procedure observed
 Preventive maintenance
 Cranes general condition
 Signs chain pullers etc.
 Shackles, pines, clamps etc.
 Safe work load (SWL) marked / observed
 General condition of rigging equipment
 Certified riggers
13 Equipment / vehicles
 Current Registration
 Licensed operators and drivers
 Back horn / alarm
 Safe operating procedures observed
 General conditions of vehicles
 Machineries condition
 Valve / gauge / regulators
14 Hand and Power Tools
 General condition of hand tools
 Right tools for the job
 Condition of electric tools
 Cords/ plugs / extension
 Condition of pneumatic tools
 Air hose condition
Title:

Area Audit Form Page 310 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 005
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

15 Others
 Sandblasting
 Painting
 Work permit system
 Excavation
 Utility station
 Latrines / Drinking water facilities

Remarks & Recommendation

 Adequate X Inadequate N/A Not Applicable


Title:

Checklist for Sea Trials Page 311 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK- 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Name of Vessel: Date/Time of Inspection:


Person in charge: Inspection By:
Expected P.O.B: Duration:
Yes No.
No. Requirements Remarks
() (x)
1 LFERAFTS / LIFEBOATS

1.1 Total capacity equal to at least 200% of maximum


Expected P O B?
1.2 Next inspection due:
2 LIFE JACKETS / LIFEBOATS
2.1 Quantity at least 150% of maximum expected
P O B?

2.2 In good condition?

2.3 Each fitted with

 Whistle?

 Self-Igniting Light?

 Reflectorized tapes?

 Stenciled with Vessel's Name?

2.4 Total quantity onboard?

3 LIFEBOUYS/LIFERINGS
3.1 Fitted with Self-Igniting Lights?

3.2 Fitted with Buoyant Line?

3.3 Total Units Onboard?


Title:

Checklist for Sea Trials Page 312 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK- 006
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Yes No.
No. Requirements Remarks
() (x)
BOARDING GEARS
4 4.1 Boat Hook?

4.2 Gangway with railing?

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (CREW)

5.1 Safety shoes worn?


5.2 Safety Helmet worn?
5 5.3 Safety Belt worn?
5.4 Safety Goggles used when required?
5.5 Gloves provided / used when required?
5.6 Respirator provided / used when required?
2.4 Total quantity onboard?

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

6.1 Total Fire Extinguishers

6.2 Fireman Outfit & All Accessories


6
6.3 Fire Hoses & Nozzle

6.4 Safety Plan

6.5 E.E.B.D.

DRILLS
6.1 Abandon ship drills conducted?
6.2 Man overboard Drill conducted
EMEERGENCY SIGNALING EQUIPMENT/
7
FIRSR AID BOX

8. OTHER REQUIRENTS

Acknowledged by:
Title:

HSE Induction Class Page 313 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 030
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Below mentioned Zamil offshore employees attend HSE Induction class

S/N ID# NO. EMPLOYEE NAME DEPARTMENT POSITION SIGNATURE


Title:

Completion Report Page 314 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 031
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

S/
N Date Number Of Fire Men Man Hour Garbage Tank Test Fire Blanket Fire Line
1

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Total
Title:

Daily Safety Inspection Report for Marine Page 315 of 329


Yard (Night Shift)
Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 007
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Date:

Condition of
Condition of Carpentry/
main hydrant E/M – Hull – P/O –
port able fire Painting
Name of line & fire workshop workshop workshop
Duty location pump workshop
firemen pump

Good Bad Good Bad Good Bad Good Bad Good Bad Good Bad

Comments:

A. Hull workshop:

B. M/E workshop:

C. Pipe workshop:

D. Fire pump:

E. Site condition:

F. Paint shop

Inspected by,

Night shift (In charge)


Title:

Fire Appliances Page 316 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Daily Report: Date:

FIRE APPLIANCES OK NO DESCRIPTION

MAIN FIRE PUMP

JUCKY PUMP-01

JUCKY PUMP-02

PORTABLE FIRE PUMP

FIRE BOAT JUBAIL-01

FIRE HYDRANT LINE

CONDITION OF EXTINGUISHERS

FIRE ALARM

HOSE REEL

Fires:
Accident Happened:
Other Activities:

Fire Chief:
Title:

Fire Equipment in Zamil Shipyard Page 317 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 009
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Fire Equipment Quality Remarks


Hose 25 meter thread new 2.5”
Hose 25 meter thread new 2.5”
Hose 30 meter store 2.5” new red
Hose 15 meters store old
Hose 15 meter 1.5” white new
Hose 15 meter 1.5” white new
Hose with 1.5” old Hose
with 1.5” damaged
Nozzles store 2.5”
Nozzles thread 2.5” new
Nozzles thread 1.5
Nozzles 2.5” thread old
Nozzle foam making 2.5”
Foam/ N inductor 1.5
Adaptor thread to storz 2.5”
Dividing reducer
B.A. set old (interspiro)
B.A. set new (Diablo)
Fire men fit
Fire blanket Mega
phone Hydrant
cover lifter
Delivery hose spanner
Hydrant opener keys
Emergency tower lights
Emergency fire pump
Rubber hose
Fire buckets
Ambulance with all accessories
Gas monitor
EEBD
Air compressor
Emergency tower lights
Title:

Daily Fireman Distribution List Page 318 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 032
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Date: ………………

S/ Type Location of No of
N
Ship Name Department of Description of Work worker
Fireman Bravo
work Work s
Title:

HSE Drill Format Page 319 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 033
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Date: Time:

Location of Fire Drill:


Attendance Persons:
Goals:

Scenario:

Drill start__________

Observed Action – Time


Drill end_____________

Equipment’s:
Remarks:

Reported by:
HSSE Manager: Signature:
Title:

B.A Set Pressure Test Report Page 320 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-CHK - 010
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

DIABLO TYPE B.A. SET

S/N CYLINDER NO. CAPACITY PRESENT PRESSURE DESCRIPTION

INTERSPIRO TYPE B.A. SET

S/N CYLINDER NO. CAPACITY PRESENT PRESSURE DESCRIPTION

Date: ………………………….

Time: ………………………….

Signature: ………………..
Title:

Duty Manager Format Page 321 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 034
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Date:………………

I’ am under signed Engineer………………………………………………………………

(………………………… Department) ID# ……………. received from Safety


Department (BRAVO NO: 200) after finish duty returns to Safety Dept.

Receiving time: Return time:

/
Receive & signature Return & signature
Title:

Internal Job Request Form Page 322 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 035
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Date:

From: To:

Requested By: Signature:

Approved By: Signature:

J.O. NO. Nature of Job

Remarks:

Copy to Planning & Estimation


Title:

Tool Box Meeting Form Page 323 of 329

Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 036
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Date:

TOPIC GENERAL SAFETY

S/N NAME POSITION SIGNATURE

Conducted by:
Title:

Page 324 of 329


Fire Incident Investigation Report
Revision: 1
Document No: HSE-FMT - 037
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

From :
To :
Subject :
Date :

1 – What was the Incident?

2 – Who was Involved:

3 – Location:

4 – Date / Time of Accident:

5 – Material damage:

6 – Immediate preventive action:

7 - Root cause:

8– How did the incident occur?

9 - Recommendation:
Reported by:
Signature:
Title:

HSE Control of Record Procedure Page 325 of 329


Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.5.4 Control of record Procedure

Objective
To ensure the efficient and effective management of company’s HSE records.

Scope
This procedures applies to all records (hard copy or electronic media) generated by the
HSE system as define in various operations of the company. This defines the controls
needed for.
General Policies and Basic Features
 Records generated and maintained by the company constitute the objective
evidence to demonstrate.
 The conformance of the company system to the requirements stated in
the HSE Manuel, procedures and work instructions
 The conformance of the company’s quality service to the requirements
of the customer.
 Employees who generate records are responsible for identifying, collating, filing,
indexing and maintaining those records specified in the various procedures.
 A “master list of HSE records” is prepared and updated by the responsible person
with the location or department, a copy of which has been provided to the
HSEMR.
The master list of HSE records containing the following items:
-Title of Record -Storage /Location
-Responsibility - Access
 Records are legible, readily identifiable, and easily located, retrievable when
needed. All records have been maintained in an environment that protects them
from deterioration or damage.
 All records are remained for view of 3 years unless they are needed for long period
for contractual reasons.
Title:

HSE Control of Record Procedure Page 326 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 008
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

HSE CONTROL OF RECORD PROCEDURE

IN –CHARGE ACTIVITY REFERENCES

Identify Records
Concerned Department Record Format.

Collection of Records
Concerned Department Record Format.

Indexing and Filling of


Concerned Department Records Record Format.

Master list of HSE


Concerned Department Maintenance of Records Records
Record Format.

Master list of HSE


Concerned Department Preservation of Records Records
HSE & Copy to HSEMR Retention Records Table.

Disposal of Records after Request for Disposal


Concerned Department the given Retention Form
Period
Title:

HSE Internal Audit Page 327 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 009
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

4.5.5 Internal Audit


Objective

 To establish method of planning and performing internal quality audits,


 To verify whether activities comply with the requirements of the documented HSE.
 To determine the effectiveness of the system.
Scope

This procedure applies to Internal Quality Audit conducted on the Company’s


HSE Management system.
General Policies & Basic Features

The HSEMR & Quality assurance department are responsible for:

 Organizing, planning, and monitoring the internal quality audits.


 Assigning of auditors
 Analyzing the audit reports;
 Distributing the audit reports to all concerned.
 Presenting the audit result for management review.

The assigned auditors are responsible for:


 Preparing the audit schedule & audit Check list.
 Conducting the audit.
 Reporting the result to the HSEMR.

Yard Manager is responsible for approving the internal audit plan.


All employees who are being audited are responsible for providing true and
factual responses to the auditors; questions and fully co-operating with the
auditors during the audit.
Title:

HSE Internal Audit Procedure Page 328 of 329

Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 009
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

HSE Internal Audit Procedure

IN - CHARGE ACTIVITY REFERENCES


Audit Plan & Audit Check list
QA Engineer / Lead Auditor Audit Preparation List of Qualified Auditors

Audit Check list


QA Engineer / Auditor Performance of the Audit HSE Manual & Procedures
Department Manual
Auditor and Auditee agree on
QA Engineer / Auditor Nonconformance Non Conformance Report

Analysis of root causes and


QA Engineer / Auditor setting corrective action with Non Conformance Report
completion
Auditee Root cause analysis

QA Engineer Follow-up Effectiveness of


Corrective Action Taken Non Conformance Report

No
QA Engineer Non-conformance rectified?

Yes
QA Engineer / Lead Auditor Close NCR, update audit
report and NCR log Summary of NCR Audit Summary
Report
Notify the Auditee once
QA Engineer / Lead Auditor then raise to stop Non Conformance Report

Discuss Audit Findings in


HSEMR Management Review Management Review
Title:

HSE Internal Audit Page 329 of 329


Revision: 0
Document No: HSE-PRC - 009
Document Class:Level-1
Effectivity Date: 30-Sep-2015

Notes
Audit Frequency

The IQA shall be conducted once a year to determine whether the quality
management system conforms to the planned arrangements, to the requirements of the
international Standard and to the HSE management system requirements established
by the company, and is effectively implemented and maintained. Additional audits
may be performed at the discretion taking into account factors as significant changes
in management, organization, policy or techniques and procedures that could affect
the quality system, or as a result of recent audits and / or Management Reviews.
Planning the Audit
 Quality Assurance shall prepare an Audit Plan for the entire system for the
whole year
 Any revisions shall require the approval of the Yard Manager
 The HSEMR shall review the audit plan regularly and increase the frequency of
audits as need arises.

Initiating the Audit

 Quality Assurance Engineer, depending on the objectives and the scope of the
audit, shall perform the audit himself or select auditors to be included in the
audit team independent of the department to be audited.
The auditors shall be considered qualified if they meet the following criteria,
 Having successfully complete an internal audit course conducted by a
recognized entity licensed to do such activity or any qualified HSEMS trainer.
 The assigned auditor(s) shall prepare the audit checklists based on the scope
and area to be audited including procedures, specifications, documents and
previous audit reports, if any. Previous check lists may be used, as necessary.